Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
DUMP TRUCK
HD465 -7R
HD605 -7R
HD465- 15001
SERIAL NUMBERS and up
HD605- 16001
SEN02285-01
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
01 Specification SEN02287-00
Specification and technical data SEN02289-00
40 Troubleshooting SEN02310-00
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN02717-00 Q
General information on troubleshooting SEN02718-00 Q
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02285-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
Table of contents 1
00 Index and foreword
Index SEN02285-01
Composition of shop manual....................................................................................................... 2
Table of contents ......................................................................................................................... 4
01 Specification
Specification and technical data SEN02289-00
Specification drawing................................................................................................................... 2
Specifications .............................................................................................................................. 3
Weight table ................................................................................................................................ 9
Fuel, coolant and lubricants ........................................................................................................ 10
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02285-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN02717-00
Failure codes table ...................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations ............................................................................................................................. 13
General information on troubleshooting SEN02718-00
Points to remember when troubleshooting.................................................................................. 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 4
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting ...................................................................... 5
Contents of troubleshooting table................................................................................................ 6
Connection table for connector pin numbers............................................................................... 8
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02285-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02285-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02285-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
Failure code [DXH4KA] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ................................ 22
Failure code [DXH4KB] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit).................................... 24
Failure code [DXH4KY] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit:
Short circuit to power source line) ........................................................................................... 26
Failure code [DXH5KA] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ............................... 30
Failure code [DXH5KB] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)................................... 32
Failure code [DXH5KY] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit:
Short circuit in power source line)............................................................................................ 34
Failure code [DXH6KA] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection)................................ 38
Failure code [DXH6KB] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ................................... 40
Failure code [DXH6KY] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit:
Short circuit to power source line) ........................................................................................... 42
Failure code [DXH7KA] (R clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) .................................. 46
Failure code [DXH7KB] (R clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ...................................... 48
Failure code [DXH7KY] (R clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line)..... 50
Failure code [DXHHKA] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ............................... 52
Failure code [DXHHKB] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ................................... 54
Failure code [DXHHKY] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit:
Short circuit to power source line) ........................................................................................... 56
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) SEN02542-00
Before troubleshooting of electric system ................................................................................... 3
Contents of troubleshooting table................................................................................................ 4
E-1 Engine does not start............................................................................................................ 5
E-2 Automatic preheating does not operate................................................................................ 8
E-3 Machine monitor does not display all, when starting switch is turned ON ............................ 12
E-4 Machine monitor does not operate when starting switch is OFF .......................................... 14
E-5 Alarm buzzer does not sound ............................................................................................... 16
E-6 Gauges of machine monitor, caution lamps or character display
section do not display properly. ............................................................................................... 18
E-7 A selection of the display in character display section cannot be changed .......................... 19
E-8 Power mode selecting function does not operate properly................................................... 22
E-9 AISS function does not operate properly .............................................................................. 23
E-10 Seat belt caution lamp does not display properly ............................................................... 24
E-11 Turn signal lamp or turning lamp (hazard lamp) do not work properly................................ 25
E-12 Night illumination (lighting) does not work properly ............................................................ 28
E-13 Emergency steering does not operate................................................................................ 40
E-14 Hoist lever does not operate normally ................................................................................ 46
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) SEN02543-00
Contents of troubleshooting table................................................................................................ 3
H-1 Machine does not start ......................................................................................................... 4
H-2 Machine does not travel smoothly (hunting)......................................................................... 6
H-3 Lockup cannot be cancelled ................................................................................................. 6
H-4 Excessive shock when starting or shifting excessive ........................................................... 7
H-5 Transmission does not shift up ............................................................................................. 8
H-6 Machine lacks power or speed when traveling..................................................................... 10
H-7 Time lag is excessive when starting or shifting gear ............................................................ 14
H-8 Torque converter oil temperature is high .............................................................................. 16
H-9 Torque converter oil pressure is low ..................................................................................... 17
H-10 Front brake is ineffective .................................................................................................... 18
H-11 Rear brake is ineffective ..................................................................................................... 19
H-12 Steering wheel is heavy...................................................................................................... 20
H-13 Steering wheel does not work............................................................................................. 21
H-14 Steering wheel vibrates ...................................................................................................... 22
H-15 Dump body lifting speed is slow ......................................................................................... 23
H-16 Dump body does not work.................................................................................................. 24
H-17 Excessive hydraulic drift of dump body .............................................................................. 25
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02285-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02285-01 00 Index and foreword
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02286-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
3) When disassembling or assembling, sup- 8) When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil
port the machine with blocks, jacks, or from spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips
stands before starting work. onto the floor, wipe it up immediately. Fuel
4) Remove all mud and oil from the steps or or oil on the floor can cause you to slip
other places used to get on and off the and can even start fires.
machine. Always use the handrails, lad- 9) As a general rule, do not use gasoline to
ders or steps when getting on or off the wash parts. Do not use it to clean electri-
m a c h i n e . N e v e r j u m p o n o r o ff t h e cal parts, in particular.
machine. If it is impossible to use the 10) Be sure to assemble all parts again in their
handrails, ladders or steps, use a stand to original places. Replace any damaged
provide safe footing. parts and parts which must not be reused
with new parts. When installing hoses and
3. Precautions during work wires, be sure that they will not be dam-
1) Before disconnecting or removing compo- aged by contact with other parts when the
nents of the oil, water, or air circuits, first machine is operated.
release the pressure completely from the 11) When installing high pressure hoses,
circuit. When removing the oil filler cap, a make sure that they are not twisted. Dam-
drain plug, or an oil pressure pickup plug, aged tubes are dangerous, so be
loosen it slowly to prevent the oil from extremely careful when installing tubes for
spurting out. high pressure circuits. In addition, check
2) The coolant and oil in the circuits are hot t h a t c o n n e c t i n g pa r ts a r e c o r r e c t l y
when the engine is stopped, so be careful installed.
not to get scalded. Wait for the oil and 12) When assembling or installing parts,
coolant to cool before carrying out any always tighten them to the specified
work on the oil or water circuits. torques. When installing protective parts
3) Before starting work, stop the engine. such as guards, or parts which vibrate vio-
When working on or around a rotating lently or rotate at high speed, be particu-
part, in particular, stop the engine. When l a r ly c a r e fu l t o c he c k t h a t t h e y ar e
checking the machine without stopping installed correctly.
the engine (measuring oil pressure, 13) When aligning 2 holes, never insert your
revolving speed, temperature, etc.), take fingers or hand. Be careful not to get your
extreme care not to get rolled or caught in fingers caught in a hole.
rotating parts or moving parts. 14) When measuring hydraulic pressure,
4) Before starting work, remove the leads check that the measuring tools are cor-
from the battery. Always remove the lead rectly assembled.
from the negative (–) terminal first. 15) Take care when removing or installing the
5) When raising a heavy component (heavier tracks of track-type machines. When
than 25 kg), use a hoist or crane. Before removing the track, the track separates
starting work, check that the slings (wire suddenly, so never let anyone stand at
ropes, chains, and hooks) are free from either end of the track.
damage. Always use slings which have 16) If the engine is operated for a long time in
ample capacity and install them to proper a place which is not ventilated well, you
places. Operate the hoist or crane slowly may suffer from gas poisoning. Accord-
to prevent the component from hitting any ingly, open the windows and doors to ven-
other part. Do not work with any part still tilate well.
raised by the hoist or crane.
6) When removing a cover which is under
internal pressure or under pressure from a
spring, always leave 2 bolts in diagonal
positions. Loosen those bolts gradually
and alternately to release the pressure,
and then remove the cover.
7) When removing components, be careful
not to break or damage the electrical wir-
ing. Damaged wiring may cause electrical
fires.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
q If the load is unstable or the wire rope 13) If the hoist stops because of a power fail-
or chains are twisted, lower the load ure, turn the power switch OFF. When
and lift it up again. turning on a switch which was turned OFF
q Do not lift up the load slantingly. by the electric shock prevention earth
13) When lifting down a load, observe the fol- leakage breaker, check that the devices
lowing. related to that switch are not in operation
q When lifting down a load, stop it tem- state.
porarily at 30 cm above the floor, and 14) If you find an obstacle around the hoist,
then lower it slowly. stop the operation.
q Check that the load is stable, and 15) After finishing the work, stop the hoist at
then remove the sling. the specified position and raise the hook
q Remove kinks and dirt from the wire to at least 2 m above the floor. Do not
ropes and chains used for the sling leave the sling installed to the hook.
work, and put them in the specified
place. 7. Selecting wire ropes
1) Select adequate ropes depending on the
5. Precautions for using mobile crane weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to
a Read the Operation and Maintenance the table below.
Manual of the crane carefully in advance
and operate the crane safely. Wire ropes
(Standard “Z” twist ropes without galvanizing)
6. Precautions for using overhead hoist crane (JIS G3525, No. 6, Type 6X37-A)
k When raising a heavy part (heavier Nominal
Allowable load
than 25 kg), use a hoist, etc. In Disas- diameter of rope
sembly and assembly, the weight of a mm kN ton
part heavier than 25 kg is indicated 10 8.8 0.9
after the mark of 4. 12 12.7 1.3
1) Before starting work, inspect the wire 14 17.3 1.7
ropes, brake, clutch, controller, rails, over
16 22.6 2.3
wind stop device, electric shock preven-
18 28.6 2.9
tion earth leakage breaker, crane collision
20 35.3 3.6
prevention device, and power application
warning lamp, and check safety. 25 55.3 5.6
2) Observe the signs for sling work. 30 79.6 8.1
3) Operate the hoist at a safe place. 40 141.6 14.4
4) Check the direction indicator plates (east, 50 221.6 22.6
west, south, and north) and the directions 60 318.3 32.4
of the control buttons without fail.
5) Do not sling a load slantingly. Do not move a The allowable load is one-sixth of the
the crane while the slung load is swinging. breaking strength of the rope used
6) Do not raise or lower a load while the (Safety coefficient: 6).
crane is moving longitudinally or laterally.
7) Do not drag a sling.
8) When lifting up a load, stop it just after it
leaves the ground and check safety, and
then lift it up.
9) Consider the travel route in advance and
lift up a load to a safe height.
10) Place the control switch on a position
where it will not be an obstacle to work
and passage.
11) After operating the hoist, do not swing the
control switch.
12) Remember the position of the main switch
so that you can turn off the power immedi-
ately in an emergency.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
2) Connection
1] When installing the air conditioner cir-
cuit hoses and tubes, take care that
dirt, dust, water, etc. will not enter
them.
2] When connecting the air conditioner
hoses and tubes, check that O-rings
(1) are fitted to their joints.
3] Check that each O-ring is not dam-
aged or deteriorated.
4] When connecting the refrigerant pip-
ing, apply compressor oil for refriger-
ant (R134a) (DENSO: ND-OIL8,
ZEXEL: ZXL100PG (equivalent to
PAG46)) to its O-rings.
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
q Some attachments and optional parts in this shop manual may not be delivered to certain areas. If one
of them is required, consult KOMATSU distributors.
q Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.
q Shop manuals are divided into the “Chassis volume” and “Engine volume”. For the engine unit, see the
engine volume of the engine model mounted on the machine.
01. Specification
This section explains the specifications of the machine.
40. Troubleshooting
This section explains how to find out failed parts and how to repair them. The troubleshooting is
divided by failure modes. The “S mode” of the troubleshooting related to the engine may be also
explained in the Chassis volume and Engine volume. In this case, see the Chassis volume.
90. Diagrams and drawings (chassis volume)/Repair and replacement of parts (engine volume)
q Chassis volume
This section gives hydraulic circuit diagrams and electrical circuit diagrams.
q Engine volume
This section explains the method of reproducing, repairing, and replacing parts.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
3. Filing method
File by the brochures in the correct order of the form number printed in the shop manual composition
table.
q Revisions
Revised brochures are shown in the shop manual composition table.
4. Symbols
Important safety and quality portions are marked with the following symbols so that the shop manual will
be used practically.
4
Weight of parts of component or parts. Caution necessary when
Weight
selecting hoisting wire, or when working posture is important, etc.
3
Tightening Places that require special attention for tightening torque during
torque assembly.
5
Oil, coolant Places where oil, etc. must be added, and capacity.
6
Drain Places where oil, etc. must be drained, and quantity to be drained.
5. Units
In this shop manual, the units are indicated with International System of units (SI). For reference, con-
ventionally used Gravitational System of units is indicated in parentheses { }.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
Example:
Standard size Tolerance
–0.022
120
–0.126
Example:
Tolerance
Standard size
Shaft Hole
–0.030 +0.046
60
–0.076 +0
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
3) Disconnections in wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are
pulled apart, or components are lifted with
a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping
of the connector may separate, or the sol-
dering may be damaged, or the wiring
may be broken.
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
2) Connecting connectors
1] Check the connector visually.
Check that there is no oil, dirt, or
water stuck to the connector pins
(mating portion).
Check that there is no deformation,
defective contact, corrosion, or dam-
age to the connector pins.
Check that there is no damage or
breakage to the outside of the con-
nector.
a If there is any oil, water, or dirt
stuck to the connector, wipe it off
with a dry cloth. If any water has
got inside the connector, warm
the inside of the wiring with a
dryer, but be careful not to make
it too hot as this will cause short
circuits.
a If there is any damage or break-
age, replace the connector.
2] Fix the connector securely.
Align the position of the connector
correctly, and then insert it securely.
For connectors with the lock stopper,
push in the connector until the stop-
per clicks into position.
3] Correct any protrusion of the boot and
any misalignment of the wiring har-
ness.
For connectors fitted with boots, cor-
rect any protrusion of the boot. In
addition, if the wiring harness is mis-
aligned, or the clamp is out of posi-
tion, adjust it to its correct position.
a If the connector cannot be cor-
rected easily, remove the clamp
and adjust the position.
q If the connector clamp has been
removed, be sure to return it to
its original position. Check also
that there are no loose clamps.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
3) Heavy duty wire connector (DT 8-pole, 12- q Disconnection q Connection (Example of
pole) incomplete setting of (a))
Disconnection (Left of figure)
While pressing both sides of locks (a)
and (b), pull out female connector (2).
Connection (Right of figure)
1] Push in female connector (2) horizon-
tally until the lock clicks.
Arrow: 1)
2] Since locks (a) and (b) may not be set
completely, push in female connector
(2) while moving it up and down until
the locks are set normally.
Arrow: 1), 2), 3)
a Right of figure: Lock (a) is pulled
down (not set completely) and
lock (b) is set completely.
(1): Male connector
(2): Female connector
(a), (b): Locks
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
4. Handling controller
1) The controller contains a microcomputer
and electronic control circuits. These con-
trol all of the electronic circuits on the
machine, so be extremely careful when
handling the controller.
2) Do not place objects on top of the control-
ler.
3) Cover the control connectors with tape or
a vinyl bag. Never touch the connector
contacts with your hand.
4) During rainy weather, do not leave the
controller in a place where it is exposed to
rain.
5) Do not place the controller on oil, water, or
soil, or in any hot place, even for a short
time. (Place it on a suitable dry stand).
6) Precautions when carrying out arc welding
When carrying out arc welding on the
body, disconnect all wiring harness con-
nectors connected to the controller. Fit an
arc welding ground close to the welding
point.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
3. Sealing openings
After any piping or equipment is removed, the
openings should be sealed with caps, tapes, or
vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from
entering. If the opening is left open or is
blocked with a rag, there is danger of dirt
entering or of the surrounding area being
made dirty by leaking oil so never do this. Do
not simply drain oil out onto the ground, but
collect it and ask the customer to dispose of it,
or take it back with you for disposal.
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
6. Flushing operations
After disassembling and assembling the equip-
ment, or changing the oil, use flushing oil to
remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil
from the hydraulic circuit. Normally, flushing is
carried out twice: primary flushing is carried
out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is
carried out with the specified hydraulic oil.
7. Cleaning operations
After repairing the hydraulic equipment (pump,
control valve, etc.) or when running the
machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the
sludge or contaminants in the hydraulic oil cir-
cuit. The oil cleaning equipment is used to
remove the ultra fine (about 3 m) particles that
the filter built in the hydraulic equipment can-
not remove, so it is an extremely effective
device.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
q 114 engine
q 107 engine
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
Example)
Injection pressure control valve of fuel
supply pump: PCV (SUMITOMO-2)
Example)
Speed sensor of fuel supply pump:
G (SUMITOMO-3)
a Pull the connector straight up.
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
In the electric circuit diagram, the material, thickness, and color of each electric wire are indicated by sym-
bols. The electric wire code is helpful in understanding the electric circuit diagram.
Example: AEX 0.85 L - - - Indicates blue, heat-resistant, low-voltage wire for automobile, having nomi-
nal No. of 0.85
Indicates color of wire by color code.
Color codes are shown in Table 3.
(Table 1)
Using
Sym-
Type Material temperature Example of use
bol
range (°C)
Low-voltage Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-
General wiring
wire for AV tor tric appliance
(Nominal No. 5 and above)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Thin-cover Conduc- Annealed copper for elec- –30 to +60
low-voltage tor tric appliance General wiring
AVS
wire for (Nominal No. 3 and below)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
2. Dimensions
(Table 2)
Nominal No. 0.5f (0.5) 0.75f (0.85) 1.25f (1.25) 2f 2 3f 3 5
Number of
strands/Diam- 20/0.18 7/0.32 30/0.18 11/0.32 50/0.18 16/0.32 37/0.26 26/0.32 58/0.26 41/0.32 65/0.32
eter of strand
Conductor
Sectional
0.51 0.56 0.76 0.88 1.27 1.29 1.96 2.09 3.08 3.30 5.23
area (mm2)
d (approx.) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.4 3.0
AVS Standard 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.6 –
Cov-
AV Standard – – – – – – – 4.6
er D
AEX Standard 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.1 – 3.8 4.6
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
(Table 3)
Color Code Color of wire Color Code Color of wire
B Black LgW Light green & White
Br Brown LgY Light green & Yellow
BrB Brown & Black LR Blue & Red
BrR Brown & Red LW Blue & White
BrW Brown & White LY Blue & Yellow
BrY Brown & Yellow O Orange
Ch Charcoal P Pink
Dg Dark green R Red
G Green RB Red & Black
GB Green & Black RG Red & Green
GL Green & Blue RL Red & Blue
Gr Gray RW Red & White
GR Green & Red RY Red & Yellow
GW Green & White Sb Sky Blue
GY Green & Yellow Y Yellow
L Blue YB Yellow & Black
LB Blue & Black YG Yellow &Green
Lg Light green YL Yellow & Blue
LgB Light green & Black YR Yellow & Red
LgR Light green & Red YW Yellow & White
Remarks: In a color code consisting of 2 colors, the first color is the color of the background and
the second color is the color of the marking.
Example: “GW” means that the background is Green and marking is White.
(Table 4)
Type of wire AVS or AV AEX
Charge R WG – – – – R –
Ground B – – – – – B –
Start R – – – – – R –
Light RW RB RY RG RL – D –
Instrument Y YR YB YG YL YW Y Gr
Signal G GW GR GY GB GL G Br
L LW LR LY LB – L –
Type of
Br BrW BrR BrY BrB – – –
circuit
Lg LgR LgY LgB LgW – – –
O – – – – – – –
Others Gr – – – – – – –
P – – – – – – –
Sb – – – – – – –
Dg – – – – – – –
Ch – – – – – – –
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
3) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.
Nominal Dimensions
Part Number
number D d L
06 07049-00608 6 5 8
08 07049-00811 8 6.5 11
10 07049-01012 10 8.5 12
12 07049-01215 12 10 15
14 07049-01418 14 11.5 18
16 07049-01620 16 13.5 20
18 07049-01822 18 15 22
20 07049-02025 20 17 25
22 07049-02228 22 18.5 28
24 07049-02430 24 20 30
27 07049-02734 27 22.5 34
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
a When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after reassembling cylinders, pumps and other
hydraulic equipment removed for repair, always bleed the air as follows:
1) Start the engine and run at low idle.
2) Operate the work equipment control lever to operate the hydraulic cylinder 4 – 5 times, stopping the
cylinder 100 mm from the end of its stroke.
3) Next, operate the hydraulic cylinder 3 – 4 times to the end of its stroke.
4) After doing this, run the engine at normal speed.
a When using the machine for the first time after repair or long storage, follow the same procedure.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
Type 1
1. Disconnection
1) Hold adapter (1) and push hose joint (2)
into mating adapter (3). (Fig. 1)
a The adapter can be pushed in about
3.5 mm.
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After hose joint (2) is pushed into adapter
(3), press rubber cap portion (4) against
adapter (3) until it clicks. (Fig. 2)
3) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and pull
it out. (Fig. 3)
a Since some hydraulic oil flows out,
prepare an oil receiving container.
2. Connection
1) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and
insert it in mating adapter (3), aligning
them with each other. (Fig. 4)
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After inserting the hose in the mating
adapter perfectly, pull it back to check its
connecting condition. (Fig. 5)
a When the hose is pulled back, the
rubber cap portion moves toward the
hose about 3.5 mm. This does not
indicate abnormality, however.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
Type 2
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 6)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1), turn
lever (8) to the right (clockwise). (Fig. 7)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (7) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 8)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 9)
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
Type 3
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until sliding prevention ring (8)
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 10)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1),
push cover (10) straight until it contacts
contact surface (b) of the hexagonal por-
tion at the male end. (Fig. 11)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (9) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 12)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until the sliding prevention ring
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 13)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
a Fig. A a Fig. B
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
5. Table of tightening torques for hoses (taper seal type and face seal type)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the
torque below.
a Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil.
6. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Bolts and nuts)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric bolts and nuts of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
Tightening torque
Thread size
Bolts and nuts
mm Nm kgm
6 10 ± 2 1.02 ± 0.20
8 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41
10 43 ± 6 4.38 ± 0.61
12 77 ± 12 7.85 ± 1.22
14 — —
7. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Eye joints)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric eye joints of the 102, 107 and 114 engine
series to the torque below.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
8. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Taper screws)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the taper screws (unit: inch) of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
Conversion table 1
Method of using the conversion table
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the
method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
Example: Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
Millimeters to inches
1 mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to pound
1 kg = 2.2046 lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84
10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.53 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.361 25.625 25.889 26.153
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
kgm to ft.lb
1 kgm = 7.233 ft.lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1
10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 296.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
00 Index and foreword SEN02286-00
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
1 kg/cm2 = 14.2233 lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0
10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1,010 1,024 1,038 1,053 1,067 1,081 1,095 1,109 1,124
80 1,138 1,152 1,166 1,181 1,195 1,209 1,223 1,237 1,252 1,266
90 1,280 1,294 1,309 1,323 1,337 1,351 1,365 1,380 1,394 1,408
100 1,422 1,437 1,451 1,465 1,479 1,493 1,508 1,522 1,536 1,550
110 1,565 1,579 1,593 1,607 1,621 1,636 1,650 1,664 1,678 1,693
120 1,707 1,721 1,735 1,749 1,764 1,778 1,792 1,806 1,821 1,835
130 1,849 1,863 1,877 1,892 1,906 1,920 1,934 1,949 1,963 1,977
140 1,991 2,005 2,020 2,034 2,048 2,062 2,077 2,091 2,105 2,119
150 2,134 2,148 2,162 2,176 2,190 2,205 2,219 2,233 2,247 2,262
160 2,276 2,290 2,304 2,318 2,333 2,347 2,361 2,375 2,389 2,404
170 2,418 2,432 2,446 2,460 2,475 2,489 2,503 2,518 2,532 2,546
180 2,560 2,574 2,589 2,603 2,617 2,631 2,646 2,660 2,674 2,688
190 2,702 2,717 2,731 2,745 2,759 2,773 2,788 2,802 2,816 2,830
200 2,845 2,859 2,873 2,887 2,901 2,916 2,930 2,944 2,958 2,973
210 2,987 3,001 3,015 3,030 3,044 3,058 3,072 3,086 3,101 3,115
220 3,129 3,143 3,158 3,172 3,186 3,200 3,214 3,229 3,243 3,257
230 3,271 3,286 3,300 3,314 3,328 3,343 3,357 3,371 3,385 3,399
240 3,414 3,428 3,442 3,456 3,470 3,485 3,499 3,513 3,527 3,542
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
Temperature
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion: A simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centi-
grade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center (boldface column)
of figures. These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
When convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Fahren-
heit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
When convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Centi-
grade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1°C = 33.8°F
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–40.4 –40 –40.0 –11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 177.8
–37.2 –35 –31.0 –11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
–34.4 –30 –22.0 –10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
–31.7 –25 –13.0 –10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
–28.9 –20 –4.0 –9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02286-00 00 Index and foreword
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02289-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
01 Specification 1
Specification and technical data
Specification drawing ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Specifications .................................................................................................................................................. 3
Weight table .................................................................................................................................................... 9
Fuel, coolant and lubricants .......................................................................................................................... 10
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
Specification drawing 1
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
01 Specification SEN02289-00
Specifications 1
Machine model HD465-7R
Serial No. 15001 and up
Empty kg 43,100
Max. load kg 55,000
Gross kg 98,180
Weight
Gradeability (sin ) % 37
Dumping angle ° 48
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
01 Specification SEN02289-00
Hoist cylinder
Steering cylinder
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
Empty kg 46,200
Max. load kg 63,000
Gross kg 109,280
Weight
Struck m3 29
Dump body capacity
Heaped (2 :1) m3 40
Performance
Gradeability (sin ) % 37
Dumping angle ° 48
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
01 Specification SEN02289-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
Hoist cylinder
Steering cylinder
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
01 Specification SEN02289-00
Weight table 1
This weight table is a guide for use when transporting or handling component.
Unit: kg
Machine model HD465-7R HD605-7R
Serial Number 15001 and up 16001 and up
Operator's seat 63 63
Steering cylinder 44 44
Demand valve 26 26
Steering valve 20 20
Hoist valve 34 34
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
01 Specification SEN02289-00
Refill capacity
70 215 122 — — 95
( )
Notice
Use only diesel fuel.
The engine mounted on this machine employs electronic control and a high-pressure fuel injection
device to obtain good fuel consumption and good exhaust gas characteristics. For this reason, it
requires high precision for the parts and good lubrication.
If kerosene or other fuel with low lubricating ability is used, there will be a big drop in durability.
Note 1: HTHS ( High-Temperature High-Shear Viscosity 150°C), specified by ASTM D4741 must be equal
to or higher than 3.5 mPa-S. Komatsu EOS0W30 and EOS5W40 are the most suitable oils.
Note 2: Powertrain oil has different properties from engine oil. Be sure to use the recommended oils.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
Volume ratio % 30 35 40 45 50
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02289-00 01 Specification
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02291-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02291-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Radiator, torque converter oil cooler, after cooler, work equipment oil
cooler, fuel cooler 1
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02291-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02291-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Fuel system 1
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02291-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02291-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Output shaft 1
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02291-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between flywheel size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
and bearing
–0.015 –0.010 –0.045 –
100 0.02
–0.015 –0.045 0.005
Clearance between shaft and –0.010 –0.015 –0.005 – Replace
2 55 0.10
bearing –0.040 –0.015 0.040
Clearance between bearing +0.006 –0.008 –0.039 –
3 150 0.06
and cover –0.024 –0.033 0.016
Clearance between bearing +0.025 +0.005 –0.050 –
4 85 0.013
and shaft +0.003 –0.025 0.002
Standard size Repair limit
Wear of oil seal contact sur- Repair or
5 –0.1
face of coupling 110 replace
–0.1
Standard backlash Backlash limit
6 Backlash at spline
0.080 – 0.231 0.4
Standard backlash
Original dimension: Lo
(Dimension at smallest width: L) Replace
Defomation of rubber cushion
7 90 81
75 67
External No cracks
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02291-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02292-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
1. Engine
2. Output shaft
3. Front drive shaft
4. Brake cooling pump
(SDR(30)100+100)
5. Torque converter transmission charge pump
and brake cooling brake control pump
(SDR(30)100+SA(1)25)
6. PTO
7. Torque converter
8. Transmission
9. Rear drive shaft
10. Differential gear
11. Drive shaft
12. Brake
13. Tire
14. Final drive
15. Parking brake
16. Steering, hoist and hoist control pump
(SDR(30)80+80+SB(1)6)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Drive shaft 1
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
1. Torque converter
2. Transmission
3. Oil filler tube
4. Hydraulic pump (SDR(30)100+25)
5. Torque converter valve
6. Transmission oil filter
7. Brake cooling oil control valve (BCV)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Torque converter 1
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Outer diameter of oil seal
1 –0.087
contact surface of the coupling 110 109.8
–0.087
Inner diameter of the seal ring
+0.025
2 contact surface of the input 35 35.1
+0.025
shaft
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between clutch size Shaft Hole clearance limit
3
housing and piston (outside) –0.5 +0.097 0.500 –
420 0.88
–0.7 +0.097 0.797
Clearance between clutch –0.110 +0.081 0.110 –
4 295 0.30
housing and piston (inside) –0.191 +0.081 0.272
Inner diameter of the seal ring +0.040
5 135 135.5
contact surface of the retainer +0.040
Inner diameter of the seal ring +0.030
6 75 75.1
contact surface of the sleeve +0.040
–0.1
Wear of the stator Width 3.95 3.55
7 –0.1
shaft seal ring
Thickness 5.1 ±0.1 4.59
Replace
Inner diameter of outer race
8 free wheel transmission sur- 127.844 ±0.009 127.874
face
Outer diameter of inner race
9 free wheel transmission sur- 108.883 ±0.013 108.853
face
Inner diameter of sliding por- +0.012
10 109 109.04
tion of bushing (*1) –0.010
Thickness of sliding portion of –0.1
11 5 4.5
bushing (*1) –0.1
12 Thickness of the clutch disc 5.4 ±0.1 4.8
Backlash between input shaft
13 0.17 – 0.45
and PTO gear
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between PTO gear size Shaft Hole clearance limit
14
and bearing +0.018 –0.015 –0.030 –
50 —
+0.002 –0.012 –0.002
Clearance between bearing –0.015 +0.004 –0.018 –
15 90 —
and case –0.015 –0.018 0.019
*1. Refer to “Method of measuring dimension of bushing sliding portion“
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
q When the lockup clutch is “disengaged“, drive q When the lockup clutch is “engaged“, drive
case (4) and turbine (6) are disconnected, and case (4) and turbine (6) are connected, and
the torque converter functions as normal. stator (9) is dragged and turned by the pump
q The engine power is transferred through the (5) and turbine (6).
damper and drive shaft to coupling (1). q The engine power is transferred through the
q The power transferred to coupling (1) rotates damper and drive shaft to coupling (1).
input shaft (2), clutch housing (3), drive case q The power transferred to coupling (1) rotates
(4) and pump (5) integrally. input shaft (2), clutch housing (3), drive case
q The power transferred to the pump (5) rotates (4) and pump (5) integrally.
turbine (6) using the oil as a medium. q As the lock up clutch is engaged, the power
q The power is transferred from turbine (6) to transferred to the drive case (4) directly rotates
boss (7) and to transmission input shaft (8) that turbine (6).
is splined to boss (7). q The power is transferred from turbine (6) to
boss (7) and to transmission input shaft (8) that
is splined to boss (7).
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Oil flow
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between the torque size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
1 converter relief valve and the
valve body –0.035 +0.016 0.035 –
32 0.081
–0.045 +0.016 0.061
Clearance between the main –0.035 +0.016 0.035 –
2 32 0.081
relief valve and the valve body –0.045 +0.016 0.061
Clearance between the main
–0.030 +0.011 0.030 –
3 pressure variable valve 14 0.071
–0.040 +0.016 0.051
and the valve body
Standard size Repair limit
Replace
Installation Installation Installation
Free length Free length
4 Main relief valve spring length load load
1213.2 N 1153.8 N
123 99.5 119.3
{123.8 kg} {117.6 kg}
Torque converter relief valve 331.2 N 315.0 N
5 137 93.5 132.9
spring {33.8 kg} {32.1 kg}
Poppet spring 32.0 N 30.8 N
6 26 17.0 25.2
(T/C relief and main relief) {3.3 kg} {3.1 kg}
Main pressure variable valve 108.0 N 102.4 N
7 40.5 33.0 39.3
spring {11.0 kg} {10.5 kg}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Principle of operation
q While no current is supplied to solenoid (1), q If a current is supplied to solenoid (1), the oil
chambers (A) and (B) are connected and the pressure in chamber (A) increases and valve
oil pressure decreases. (2) is pushed to the left. As a result, the drain
q If the oil pressure in chambers (A) and (B) is circuit of chamber (B) is blocked and the oil
low, the hydraulic force in chamber (C) of main pressure in chamber (B) increases.
relief valve (4) is balanced with the force of q If the oil pressure in chamber (B) increases,
spring (5), thus the oil pressure is regulated. the hydraulic force in chamber (B) of main
relief valve (4) is balanced with the force of
spring (5), thus the oil pressure is regulated.
q Since the diameter of piston (3) is larger than
that of chamber (C), the oil pressure is regu-
lated lower when solenoid (1) is "energized"
than when solenoid (1) is "deenergized".
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
Transmission 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Installation Installation Installation
Free length Free length
1 H clutch spring length load load
70.6 N 60.0 N
40.4 32.0 38.0
{7.2 kg} {6.1 kg}
48.9 N 41.6 N
2 3rd clutch spring 52.0 49.1 48.9
{5.0 kg} {4.2 kg}
113.5 N 96.6 N
3 R clutch spring 87.5 79.5 82.3
{11.6 kg} {9.9 kg}
113.8 N 97.1 N
4 2nd clutch spring 68.0 57.85 63.9
{11.6 kg} {9.9 kg}
157.8 N 134.1 N
5 1st clutch spring 75.0 64.4 70.5
{16.1 kg} {13.7 kg}
Total thickness of 3 discs and Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
6
2 plates for H clutch 27.8 ±0.22 25.8
Total thickness of 5 discs and
7 45.0 ±0.30 42.0
4 plates for L clutch
Total thickness of 4 discs and
8 35.0 ±0.26 32.3
3 plates for 4th clutch
Total thickness of 4 discs and Replace
9 36.6 ±0.26 33.9
3 plates for 3rd clutch
Total thickness of 5 discs and
10 52.0 ±0.32 47.7
5 plates for R clutch
Total thickness of 4 discs and
11 44.8 ±0.28 42.1
4 plates for 2nd clutch
Total thickness of 4 discs and
12 44.8 ±0.28 42.1
4 plates for 1st clutch
H,3rd,R,
5.4 ±0.10 4.8
13 Thickness of a disc 2nd,1st
L,4th 5.0 ±0.10 4.4
H,2nd,1st 5.8 ±0.10 5.6
Thickness of a
14 L,4th,
plate 5.0 ±0.10 4.8
3rd,R
Wear of the trans- –0.01
Width 2.56 2.30
15 mission input shaft –0.03
seal ring (small) Thickness 1.7 ±0.10 1.55
Wear of the trans- –0.01
Width 3.0 2.70
16 mission input shaft –0.03
seal ring (large) Thickness 3.1 ±0.10 2.95
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Wear of the H car-
–0.01
17 rier and 4th ring Width 3.95 3.56
–0.01
gear seal ring
Thickness 4.95 ±0.1 4.8
–0.01
Wear of the 3rd sun Width 4.0 3.6
18 –0.03
gear seal ring
Thickness 4.6 ±0.12 4.45
Wear of the L and –0.01
Width 4.0 3.6
19 4th clutch collar –0.03
seal ring Thickness 5.1 ±0.12 4.95
Wear of the 3rd –0.01
Width 4.0 3.6
20 and R carrier seal –0.04
ring Thickness 6.3 ±0.15 6.15
Wear of the 2nd –0.01
Width 4.0 3.6
21 and 1st carrier seal –0.04
ring Thickness 4.0 ±0.15 3.85
Wear of the 2nd –0.1
Width 3.95 3.56
22 and 1st carrier seal –0.1
ring Thickness 5.25 ±0.1 5.1
Wear of the 2nd –0.01
Width 4.0 3.6
23 and 1st carrier seal –0.04
ring Thickness 4.0 ±0.15 3.85 Replace
Backlash between H sun gear
24 0.13 – 0.36
and planetary pinion
Backlash between H planetary
25 0.16 – 0.41
pinion and ring gear
Backlash between 3rd sun
26 0.14 – 0.36
gear and planetary pinion
Backlash between 3rd plane-
27 0.15 – 0.39
tary pinion and ring gear
Backlash between R sun gear
28 0.14 – 0.36
and planetary pinion
Backlash between R planetary
29 0.13 – 0.34
pinion and planetary pinion
Backlash between R planetary
30 0.15 – 0.39
pinion and ring gear
Backlash between 2nd sun
31 0.16 – 0.41
gear and planetary pinion
Backlash between 2nd plane-
32 0.16 – 0.41
tary pinion and ring gear
Backlash between 1st sun
33 0.13 – 0.36
gear and planetary pinion
Backlash between 1st plane-
34 0.17 – 0.44
tary pinion and ring gear
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Deterioration of disc internal
35 Repair limit: 0.3
teeth
Thickness of thrust washer Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
36 Replace
(H, 3rd and R planetary pinion) 2 ±0.1 1.6
Thickness of thrust washer
37 3 ±0.1 2.4
(2nd, 1st planetary pinion)
Location Standard clearance Clearance limit
H gear
0.30 – 0.80 1.5
train
3rd gear
0.30 – 0.80 1.5
train Replacement of
Side clearance
38 R gear thrust washer
of planetary pinion 0.30 – 0.80 1.5
train or carrier
2nd gear
0.30 – 0.80 1.5
train
1st gear
0.30 – 0.80 1.5
train
Stepped-type wear of seal ring Standard size Amount of wear
39
mating surface — Max 0.05
Replace
Contact surface of Standard size Amount of wear
40
output shaft oil seal 120 119.8
Clutch Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
No. size Shaft Hole clearance limit
H –0.5 +0.097 0.5 –
430 0.88
(outside) –0.7 +0.097 0.797
H –0.135 +0.097 0.135 –
405 0.36 In case there is
(inside) –0.232 +0.097 0.329
damage on the
L and 4th –0.5 +0.081 0.5 – surface such as
275 0.86
(outside) –0.7 +0.097 0.781 streaks by sei-
L and 4th –0.110 +0.081 0.110 – zure, but the
255 0.30
(Middle) –0.191 +0.097 0.272 clearance can
Clearance between L and 4th –0.5 +0.063 0.5 – be maintained
41 175 0.84
cylinder and piston (inside) –0.7 +0.097 0.763 within the spec-
ified limit after
3rd, R, the repair, the
2nd –0.5 +0.063 0.5 – parts can be
430 0.87
and 1st –0.7 +0.097 0.763 reused.
(outside) Replace if dam-
3rd –0.125 +0.089 0.125 – aged severely.
395 0.33
(inside) –0.214 +0.097 0.303
R and 1st –0.125 +0.089 0.125 –
380 0.33
(inside) –0.214 +0.097 0.303
2nd –0.125 +0.089 0.125 –
375 0.33
(inside) –0.214 +0.097 0.303
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Disc clutch
Structure Operation
When clutch is "engaged" (fixed)
q Disc clutch is used for fixing ring gear (1). It q The oil from ECMV is sent with pressure to the
consists of piston (2), plate (3), disc (4), pin (5), rear side of piston (2) through oil the passage
return spring (6) and washer (8). of housing (7) and pushes piston (2) leftward.
q Inside teeth of disc (4) are engaged with out- q Piston (2) contacts plate (3) closely against
side teeth of ring gear (1). disc (4) to stop rotation of disc (4) by use of the
q Plate (3) is assembled to clutch housing (7) friction force generated between them.
with pin (5). q Since inside teeth of disc (4) are engaged with
outside teeth of ring gear (1), move of ring gear
(1) is stopped.
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
L ring gear (2) of the L clutch and 1st ring gear (3) of the 1st clutch are fixed hydraulically.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
L ring gear (2) of the L clutch and 2nd ring gear (13) of the 2nd clutch are fixed hydraulically.
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
H sun gear (14) of the H clutch and 2nd ring gear (13) of the 2nd clutch are fixed hydraulically.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
L ring gear (2) of the L clutch and 3rd ring gear (15) of the 3rd clutch are fixed hydraulically.
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
H sun gear (14) of the H clutch and 3rd ring gear (15) of the 3rd clutch are fixed hydraulically.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
L ring gear (2) of the L clutch and 4th clutch drum (19) of the 4th clutch are fixed hydraulically.
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
H sun gear (14) of the H clutch and 4th clutch drum (19) of the 4th clutch are fixed hydraulically.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
L ring gear (2) of the L clutch and R ring gear (21) of the R clutch are fixed hydraulically.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
1. H clutch ECMV F6 Q Q Q
2. Lockup clutch ECMV F7 Q Q Q
3. L clutch ECMV N
4. 4th clutch ECMV
R1 Q Q
5. 3rd clutch ECMV
6. R clutch ECMV L/U: lockup clutch ECMV
7. 2nd clutch ECMV
8. 1st clutch ECMV Outline
9. Last chance filter
q Lockup clutch ECMV operates when traveling
10. Valve seat
forward at the speed higher than the set speed
of transmission controller.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ECMV 1
For H, L, 4th, 3rd, R, 2nd, 1st clutches
a Don't try to disassemble it since adjustment for maintaining the performance will be needed.
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
A: To clutch *1:
P: From pump Stamp of the name-
T: Drain Operated clutches
plates
Dr: Drain
P1: Clutch oil pressure pickup port Lockup K*******
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02292-00
Outline Operation
q This valve is used to switch the clutch in order When traveling in torque converter range
to regulate the clutch oil pressure to the set
pressure.
Since the modulation waveform is used for the
pressure application characteristics to the
clutch, ECMV is capable of connecting the
lockup clutch smoothly, thereby reducing
shocks resulting from gear shift. Above also
prevents generation of peak torque in the
power train. These arrangements make the
machine comfortable to operator and enhance
durability of the power train.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02292-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02293-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02293-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Axle 1
Front
1. Wheel hub
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Repair or
2 Wear of oil seal sliding surface –0.130
280 — replace
–0.130
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02293-00
Rear
1. Differential Specifications
2. Axle housing Reduction ratio
3. Brake Differential: 3.538
4. Final drive Final drive : 4.737
Oil
Differential: T030-CD (95 liters)
Final drive : T030-CD (32 liters each side)
Tire size : 24.00-35 (HD465-7R)
24.00R35 (HD605-7R)
Rim size: 17.00-35
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02293-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Differential 1
1. Coupling Specifications
2. Cross shaft Type: Spiral bevel gear, splash-type lubrication
3. Bevel gear (No. of teeth: 46) Reduction ratio: 3.538
4. Side gear (No. of teeth: 24) Differential: Straight bevel gear, splash-type
5. Pinion gear (No. of teeth: 17) lubrication
6. Bevel pinion (No. of teeth: 13) Oil: T030-CD (95 liters)
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Wear of oil seal contact sur- Repair or
7 –0.100
face of coupling 150 — replace
–0.100
Thickness of side gear thrust –0.100
8 6 5.5 Replace
washer –0.050
Backlash between bevel gear
9 0.41 – 0.56 Adjust
and pinion
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02293-00
Final drive 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Backlash between planet gear Standard backlash Repair limit
8
and sun gear 0.22 – 0.67 0.8
Replace
Backlash between planet gear
9 0.28 – 0.77 1.0
and ring gear
Repair or
10 Curvature of drive shaft Repair limit: 1.5 TIR
replace
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
11 Thickness of spacer Replace
51.5 ±0.1 50
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02293-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Wheels 1
Front wheel
1. Tire
2. Rim assembly
3. Valve
Specifications
Rim size: 17.00 x 35
Tire size : 24.00-35 (HD465-7R)
24.00R35 (HD605-7R)
Rear wheel
1. Rim assembly
2. Valve
3. Extension
Specifications
Rim size: 17.00 x 35
Tire size : 24.00-35 (HD465-7R)
24.00R35 (HD605-7R)
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02293-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02294-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02294-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Steering column 1
1. Steering shaft
2. Steering column
3. Lock lever
4. Yoke
5. Joint shaft
6. Steering valve
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02294-00
Steering linkage 1
1. Center lever
2. Tie rod
3. Arm (A-frame)
4. Knuckle arm
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02294-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02294-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between inner and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
5
outer for knuckle arm bushing
0.150 –
165 0.7
0.300
Clearance between bushing –0.035 +0.054 0–
6 85 0.3
and pin –0.035 +0.054 0.089
Clearance between steering
–0.025 +0.069 0.055 –
7 cylinder mounting pin and 45 0.3
–0.064 +0.030 0.133
bushing
Clearance between inner and 0.120 –
8 80 0.4
outer bushing 0.250
Clearance between tie rod –0.025 +0.069 0.055 –
9 40 0.3
mounting pin and bushing –0.064 +0.030 0.133
Clearance between inner and 0.120 –
10 110 0.4
outer bushing 0.250
Replace
Clearance between arm –0.030 +0.076 0.060 –
11 55 0.3
mounting pin and bushing –0.076 +0.030 0.152
Clearance between inner and 0.110 –
12 100 0.5
outer bushing 0.180
Clearance between arm –0.030 +0.091 0.075 –
13 70 0.3
mounting pin and bushing –0.076 +0.045 0.167
Clearance between center
–0.030 +0.197 0.167 –
14 lever mounting pin and bush- 55 1.0
–0.076 +0.137 0.273
ing
Clearance between inner and 0.120 –
15 80 0.4
outer bushing 0.250
Clearance between tie rod –0.025 +0.069 0.055 –
16 40 0.3
mounting pin and bushing –0.064 +0.030 0.133
Clearance between suspen-
–0.030 +0.046 0.030 –
17 sion cylinder mounting pin and 60 0.3
–0.076 +0.054 0.122
bushing
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02294-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02295-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Brake piping 1
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Brake valve 1
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
1. Rod Function
2. Spool q This valve operates the brake depending on
3. Cylinder the parking brake release pressure controlled
by the secondary brake pedal.
A: To parking brake valve
P: From accumulator
T: To brake system tank
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Relay valve 1
1. Spool Function
2. Upper cylinder q This valve operates the front brake depending
3. Lower cylinder on the parking brake release pressure con-
4. Spool trolled by the secondary brake pedal.
A: To front brake
P: From accumulator
Pp: From secondary brake valve
T: To brake system tank
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
1. Connector Function
2. Solenoid q This valve is installed on the brake oil circuit
between the brake valve and the front brake.
A: To front brake When the front brake off switch of the opera-
P: From brake valve tor's seat is pressed, the solenoid is energized,
T: To brake system tank and the valve cuts off the circuit between the
brake valve and the front brake.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Accumulator 1
1. Valve
2. Top cover
3. Cylinder
4. Piston
Function
q The accumulator is installed between the accu-
mulator charge valve and the brake valve. It is
charged with nitrogen gas between cylinder (3)
and free piston (4), and uses the compressibil-
ity of the gas to absorb the pulse of the hydrau-
lic pump or to maintain the braking force and to
make it possible to operate the machine if the
engine should stop.
Specifications
Front brake
Gas used : Nitrogen gas
Charge amount : 3,500 cc
Charging pressure: 11.8 MPa {120 kg/cm2}
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
Slack adjuster 1
1. Cylinder Specifications
2. Check valve Piston operation pressure:
3. Piston 9.8 – 19.6 kPa {0.1 – 0.2 kg/cm2}
Check valve cracking pressure
A: Inlet port (When cooling pressure is 0):
B: Outlet port 1.74 ± 0.05 MPa {17.8 ± 0.5 kg/cm2}
Check valve closing pressure:
1.09 ± 0.05 MPa {11.1 ± 0.5 kg/cm2}
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between body and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
4
piston
–0.030 +0.074 0.030 –
55 0.25
–0.076 +0.074 0.150
Standard size Repair limit Replace
Spring Installed Installed Installed
Free length
5 Slack adjuster spring coefficient length load load
0.45 N/mm 45.6 N
97 — —
{0.046 kg/mm} {4.7 kg}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
1. When brake pedal is depressed
q Before the brake is depressed, piston (4) is
returned by the distance of stoke (S) (full
stroke). When the brake pedal is depressed,
the oil discharged from the brake valve flows
from port (P) of the slack adjuster and is
divided to left and right cylinders (2), where it
moves piston (4) by stroke (S) to the left and
right.
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
Brake 1
Front
1. Piston
2. Pad
3. Disc
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Wear of pad (remaining thick- Standard size Repair limit
4
ness of wear material) 19.5 3.0 Replace
5 Missing portion of pad — Ratio of surface: 10%
Correct or
6 Face runout of disc (Note 1) 0.15 0.50
replace
Wear of disc
7 30 Less than 27
(thickness of disc) Replace
Open crack in radial direction
8 Damage to disc surface — Electric wear, marked damage
Correct
(Note 2)
Note 1: • If there is excessive face runout of the disc, check the front wheel bearing also.
Note 2: • If the depth of the scratch exceeds 1.5 mm.
• If the whole pad is worn, the disc has been rubbed by mistake by the pad rear plate, the rear plate
metal is melted to the disc, or there is protrusion.
• If there are vertical scratches other than concentric scratches.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Rear
1. Inner gear
2. Retainer
3. Outer gear
4. Plate
5. Disc
6. Damper
7. Piston
8. Spring (for parking brake)
9. Cylinder
10. Piston (for parking brake)
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Backlash between outer gear Standard size Repair limit
11
and plate 0.21 – 0.64 2.2
Backlash between inner gear
12 0.21 – 0.64 2.2
and disc
Standard size Repair limit
13 Thickness of plate
2.4 2.15
14 Thickness of disc 5.1 4.6
15 Thickness of damper 6.9 5.1 Replace
16 Thickness of damper 3.4 3.0
Distortion of disc friction Standard distortion Repair limit
17
surface Max. 0.45 0.7
Distortion of plate and damper
18 Max. 0.50 0.7
friction surface
Assemble thickness of plate Standard size Repair limit
19
and disc 97.9 90.9
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q When the brake pedal is released, the pres- q With the parking brake switch in the parking
sure at the back face of brake piston (7) is position, the parking brake solenoid is demag-
released, so the piston is moved to the left in netized and the parking releasing hydraulic
the direction of the arrow by the internal pres- pressure is released. Then, the parking brake
sure, and this releases the brake. is engaged through the parking brake piston
(10), brake piston (7), plate (4), and disk (5)
pressed by spring force.
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02295-00
1. Connector Function
2. Solenoid q The parking brake solenoid is installed in the
brake oil circuit between the secondary brake
B: To parking brake valve and the rear brake. When the parking
P: From secondary brake valve brake switch is set to PARK, the solenoid valve
T: To brake system tank is demagnetized and cut off the parking brake
release oil pressure. Then, the spring force of
brake will operate the parking brake.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02295-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02296-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02296-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Suspension 1
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02296-00
Function
1. Front suspension
The front suspension cylinder functions as a
shock absorber and spring, and is connected
by spherical bearings to the lower arm (A-
frame) and main frame. The wheels move up
and down in accordance with the retraction
and extension of the suspension cylinder to
maintain the proper alignment for the wheels
and to improve the stability of the machine.
2. Rear suspension
The differential housing is supported by the
frame and two radius rods at the bottom, and at
the top by two inverted-V-shaped rods and two
suspension cylinders. It is connected to these at
both ends by spherical bearings. It transmits the
load and motive force through the top and bot-
tom rods.
The inverted-V-shaped rods at the top also
function to maintain the center of the machine
(axle).
Employment of the inverted-V-shaped link im-
proves the rolling steering characteristics.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02296-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Suspension cylinder 1
Front
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02296-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Replace
Measuring method:
Measure protrusion and elongation of stopper.
All the conditions below must be fulfilled.
Elongation :
Max. 5 mm
15 Deformation of stopper Protrusion:
Max. 2 mm
No cracks
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02296-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02296-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02296-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Rear
1. Feed valve
2. Cylinder
3. Rod
4. Valve (for bleeding air and mounting pressure sensor)
5. Ball
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02296-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between piston rod size Shaft Hole clearance limit
6
and bushing
–0.043 +0.306 0.103 –
180 0.5
–0.106 +0.060 0.412
Replace
Clearance between piston rod –0.043 +0.246 0.043 –
7 180 0.4
and bushing –0.106 +0.246 0.352
Clearance between cylinder –0.050 +0.115 0.05 –
8 220 0.8
and wear ring –0.260 –0.008 0.375
a) Retracting action
When the machine is traveling and it hits a
bump or object on the road, the wheels are
pushed up, and the cylinder rod is pushed
inside the cylinder.
When this happens, the nitrogen gas inside
chamber (7) is compressed, the oil in chamber
(6) is sent through both orifices (4) and (5) to
cavity (2), and cavity (2) is filled more quickly
than when extending.
b) Extending action
When the machine has passed any bump or
object on the road surface, the cylinder rod is
pushed up by the weight of the wheels and
axle and the pressure of the nitrogen inside
chamber (7).
As a result, the amount of oil in cavity (2) is
reduced, and pressure is applied to the oil
remaining in cavity (2). 1. Valve (for bleeding 7. Nitrogen gas chamber
This pressurized oil closes orifice (4) with and mounting pres- 8. Cylinder rod
check ball (3), and is sent to chamber (6) sure sensor) 9. Cylinder
through only orifice (5), so the flow of oil pass- 2. Cavity 10. Feed valve
ing through the orifice is controlled so that it is 3. Check ball
less than during retraction. 4. Orifice a: When extending
In this way, the amount of oil returning to 5. Orifice b: When retracting
chamber (6) is restricted to provide a shock 6. Oil chamber
absorbing effect.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02296-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Rod
2. Rod
3. Axle
4. Suspension cylinder
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02296-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between rod mount- size Shaft Hole clearance limit
5
ing pin and bushing
–0.030 +0.046 0.030 –
70 1.0
–0.076 +0.046 0.122
Clearance between inner and 0.110 –
6 100 0.5 Replace
outer bushing 0.180
Clearance between suspen-
–0.030 +0.046 0.030 –
7 sion cylinder mounting pin and 70 0.3
–0.076 +0.046 0.122
frame or axle
Clearance between inner and 0.110 –
8 100 0.5
outer bushing 0.180
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02296-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02297-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Hydraulic tank 1
1. Breather
2. Drain
3. Oil level gauge
Capacity: 97 l
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Steering valve 1
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Operation
1. When steering is at neutral
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Steering to right
(When steering wheel is turned to the right)
q When the steering wheel is turned (to the q The oil returning from the steering cylinder
right), input shaft (1) rotates. When this hap- flows from port (LT) trough port (E) and port (R)
pens, valve spool (3) moves down. (Input shaft and goes back to the tank.
(1) has a spiral groove in which ball (8) moves, q At the same time, the oil pressure at port (P) is
so when input shaft (1) rotates, torsion bar (9) restricted by valve spool (3), and passes
is twisted, and all (8) moves up or down to trough port (A), so a lower oil pressure (the
move valve spool (3).) drop in pressure (pressure difference) differs to
q The oil from the steering control valve flows according to the area of the opening of the
from port (P) through port (A) and port (G) and spool) than the pressure at port (P) is applied
goes to port (F). to port (LS).
q The oil at port (F) then passes between stator q The steering control valve spool is actuated by
(6) and rotor (12) in the metering position. After the difference in pressure between the oil pres-
the amount of oil flowing to steering cylinder is sure at port (P) end and the oil pressure at the
measured here, it enters the inside of valve port (LS) end. As a result, only the necessary
spool (3), passes through hole (a) in the valve amount of oil flows to the steering circuit, and
spool through port (RT) and flows to the steer- remaining oil flows from the steering control
ing cylinder. valve to the hoist valve.
q In this way, the two cylinders are actuated and
the wheels turn to the right.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
3. Steering to left
(When the steering wheel is turned to the left.)
q When steering wheel is turned (to the left), q At the same time, the oil pressure at port (P) is
input shaft (1) rotates. When this happens, restricted by valve spool (3), so a lower oil
valve spool (3) moves up. pressure than the pressure at port (P) is
q The oil from the steering control valve flows applied to port (LS).
from port (P) enters port (B) passes trough q The steering control valve spool is actuated by
hole (a) in valve spool (3), and enters the the difference in pressure between the oil pres-
inside of the valve spool. sure at port (P) end and the oil pressure at the
q The oil inside valve spool (3) passes between port (LS) end. As a result, only the necessary
stator (6) and rotor (12) in metering portion. amount of oil flows to steering circuit, and
After the amount of oil flowing to the steering remaining oil flows from the steering control
cylinder is measured here, it flows to port (F). valve to the hoist circuit.
q The oil at port (F) passes trough port (LT) and
flows to steering cylinder.
q In this way, the two cylinders are actuated and
the wheels turn to the left.
q The oil returning from the steering cylinder
flows from port (RT) trough port (D) and port
(R) and goes back to the tank.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Steering cylinder 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between piston rod size Shaft Hole clearance limit Replace
1
and bushing bushing
–0.030 +0.163 0.036 –
55 0.567
–0.104 +0.006 0.267
Clearance between piston rod +0.039
2 45 — — 1.0
supports shaft and bushing +0.039
Clearance between cylinder Replace
+0.039
3 bottom support shaft and bush- 45 — — 1.0
+0.039
ing
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length Installed Installed Installed
Free length
12 Spool return spring x O.D length load load
213.6 x 363.6 N 342.0 N Replace
140 —
32.5 {37.1 kg} {34.9 kg}
3.4 N 3.1 N
13 Check valve spring 42.2 x 17 33.5 —
{0.345 kg} {0.315 kg}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The steering control valve acts to divide the oil
sent from the steering pump and the hoist
pump for the work equipment, and sends it to
the steering circuit and hoist circuit according
to the pressure signal from the steering valve.
q Steering control valve is a load sensing type
and is controlled the steering control valve
spool according to the operation of steering. In
other words, if the steering is not being oper-
ated (when no oil is needed in the steering cir-
cuit), the steering control valve sends all the oil
from the pump to the hoist valve. When the
steering circuit is operated the amount of oil
needed for steering is sent to the steering cir-
cuit, and the rest is sent to the hoist valve. In
this way, the hydraulic power loss in the steer-
ing circuit is reduced.
Operation
1. When steering valve is at neutral.
The oil from the steering pump enters port (A).
At the same times, the oil from the hoist pump
enters port (B). When the steering valve is at
neutral, port (P) of the steering valve is closed,
so the pressure at port (P) rises. The pressure
from port (P) passes through orifice (a), enters
the chamber (C), and moves spool (2) to the
right.
Port (LS) and chamber (D) are connected to
the tank, and the force moving spool (2) to the
left is only the force of spool return spring (1).
The pressure in chamber (C) rises until it over-
comes the set pressure of spool return spring
(1). As a result , spool (2) stops in the position
shown in diagram on the right, and all the oil
from the steering pump and hoist pump flows
to the hoist valve.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Steering relief valve q When the pressures in port (A) and port (B)
balance with the poppet spring force (set pres-
sure), the pilot poppet (3) will open. Oil in port
(B) will escape through port (D) to port (C), and
the pressure in port (B) will lower.
1. Main valve
2. Valve seat
3. Pilot poppet
4. Spring
5. Adjustment screw q When the pressure in port (B) lowers, the ori-
fice of the main valve (1) generates a differen-
Function tial pressure between ports (A) and (B), and
the pressure in port (A) pushes to opens the
q This valve is located in the steering control
main valve (1) to release oil from port (A).
valve and release oil from the pump to prevent
the pump from being damaged when the steer-
ing cylinder comes to the stroke end, or when
an abnormal pressure occurs. (This valve sets
the maximum pressure of the circuit.)
Operation
q Port (A) is connected to the pump circuit, and
port (C) is connected to the tank drain circuit.
q Oil flows through the orifice of the main valve
(1), and port (B) is filled with oil.
q Also, the pilot poppet (3) is seated to the valve
seat (2).
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Hoist valve 1
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
T: To tank
P: From flow amplifier
A1: To hoist cylinder bottom
B1: To hoist cylinder head
PA: From EPC valve (pressurized side in lowering or floating operation)
PB: From EPC valve (pressurized side in lifting operation)
1. Body
2. Spool
3. Retainer
4. Spring (lifting)
5. Relief valve
6. Spring (floating)
7. Spring (lowering)
8. Retainer
9. Retainer
10. Retainer
11. Check valve
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length Installed Installed Installed
Free length
12 Relief valve poppet spring x O.D. length load load
259 N 233 N
49.3 x 12.8 41.9 —
{26.4 kg} {23.8 kg}
If damaged or
44 N 40 N
13 Check valve spring 32.6 x 10.9 24.5 — deformated,
{4.5 kg} {4.1 kg}
replace the
156 N 140 N spring
14 Spool return spring (lifting) 51.3 x 34.5 50 —
{15.9 kg} {14.3 kg}
124 N 112 N
15 Spool return spring (lowering) 34.2 x 28.7 32 —
{12.7 kg} {11.4 kg}
927 N 849 N
16 Spool return spring (floating) 74.0 x 36.0 55.5 —
{94.5 kg} {85.1 kg}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
1. Hoist valve HOLD position
q Oil from the steering control valve flows into q Since both the bottom side port and the head
chamber (C). Since the hoist spool (2) blocks side port of the hoist cylinder are blocked, the
the path to the hoist cylinder, oil flows through hoist cylinder is locked where it is.
chamber (D) to the tank.
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
q When the hoist lever in the cab is set to the q Oil flows out of chamber (A), flows in the bot-
RAISE position, pressurized oil from the sole- tom side of the hoist cylinder, extends the hoist
noid valve pushes the hoist spool (2) to the left. cylinder and raise the body.
q Therefore, oil from chamber (C) opens the q On the other hand, the return oil from the head
check valve (11) and flows into chamber (A). side flows out of chamber (B), flows into cham-
ber (D) and to the tank circuit.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q When the hoist lever in the cab is set to the q Since the bottom side and the head side of the
FLOAT position, pressurized oil from the sole- hoist cylinder are connected through the hoist
noid valve pushes the hoist spool (2) to the valve, the hoist cylinder is in a free state.
right. Then, chambers (C), (D), (B), (H) and
(D) are all connected.
q Oil from the steering control valve flows from
chamber (C) through chamber (B) to the host
cylinder and from chamber (C) through cham-
ber (D) to the oil cooler circuit.
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
q When the hoist lever in the cab is set from the q On the other hand, the return oil from the head
FLOAT position to the LOWER position, pres- side of the hoist cylinder flows out of chamber
surized oil from the solenoid valve pushes the (A) and flows into chamber (H).
hoist spool (2) to the right further from the q At the time of lowering, the output pressure of
FLOAT position. Therefore, oil from chamber the solenoid valve rises over the cracking pres-
(C) pushes to open the check valve (11) and sure of the pilot check valve, and therefore, the
flows into chamber (B). return oil from chamber (H) returns through
q Then, oil flows into the head side of the hoist chamber (D) to the tank.
cylinder through chamber (B), retracts the hoist
cylinder and lowers the body.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
EPC valve 1
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Hoist cylinder 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between cylinder and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
1
bushing
–0.043 +0.264 0.089 –
170 0.707
–0.143 +0.046 0.407
Clearance between piston rod –0.036 +0.207 0.103 – Replace
2 100 0.693
and bushing –0.123 +0.067 0.393
Clearance between piston rod +0.004
3 70 — — 1.0
support pin and bushing –0.019
Clearance between cylinder sup- +0.004
4 70 — — 1.0
port pin and bushing –0.019
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Hydraulic pump 1
Steering, hoist and hoist control pump
SDR(30)80+80+SB(1)6
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Model Standard clearance Clearance limit
SDR(30)-80
1 Side clearance 0.16 – 0.20 0.24
SDR(30)-80
SBR(1)-6 0.10 – 0.15 0.19
Clearance between inside SDR(30)-80
diameter of plain bearing and 0.06 – 0.131 0.20
2 SDR(30)-80 Replace
outside of diameter of gear
shaft SBR(1)-6 0.06 – 0.119 0.20
Model Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
SDR(30)-80 –0.5
3 Depth to knock in pin 10
SDR(30)-80 –0.5 —
SBR(1)-6 9.1 ± 0.3
4 Rotating torque of spline shaft 15.8 – 28.5 Nm {1.6 – 2.9 kgm}
Standard
Rotating Delivery Delivery
delivery
Model speed pressure amount limit
amount
Discharge amount (rpm) MPa {kg/cm2} ( /min)
( /min) —
— Oil: EO10-CD
Oil temperature: 45–55°C SDR(30)-80
184.5 170.4
SDR(30)-80 2,500 20.6 {210}
SBR(1)-6 13.8 12.6
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Clearance between gear case Model Standard clearance Clearance limit
1
and side plate, gear SDR(30)-100 0.16 – 0.20 0.24
Clearance between inside
2 diameter of plain bearing and SDR(30)-100 0.06 – 0.131 0.20
outside diameter of gear shaft Replace
Model Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
3 Depth to knock in pin –0.5
SDR(30)-100 10 —
–0.5
4 Rotating torque of splined shaft 13.7 – 23.5 Nm {1.4 – 2.4 kgm}
Standard Delivery
Rotating
Delivery delivery amount
Delivery amount Model speed
pressure amount limit
— Oil: EO10-CD (rpm) —
( /min.) ( /min.)
Oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
20.6 MPa
SDR(30)-100 2,500 230.9 213.4
{210 kg/cm2}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Model Standard clearance Clearance limit
1 Side clearance SDR(30)-100 0.16 – 0.20 0.24
SAR(1)-25 0.10 – 0.15 0.20
Clearance between inside SDR(30)-100 0.06 – 0.131
diameter of plain bearing and
2 0.20 Replace
outside of diameter of gear SAR(1)-25 0.06 – 0.119
shaft
Model Standard size Tolerance
3
Depth to knock in pin SDR(30)-100 –0.5
10 —
4 SAR(1)-25 –0.5
5 Rotating torque of spline shaft 8.9 – 16.7 Nm {0.9 – 1.7 kgm}
Delivery Standard Delivery
Rotating pressure delivery amount
Model speed MPa
Discharge amount amount limit —
(rpm)
— Oil: EO10-CD {kg/cm2} ( /min) ( /min)
Oil temperature: 45–55°C
SDR(30)-100 20.6 {210} 230.9 213.4
2,500
SAR(1)-25 24.5 {250} 56.5 50.8
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02297-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Model Standard clearance Clearance limit
1 Clearance between gear case
and side plate, gear SBL(1)-014 0.10 – 0.15 0.19
Clearance between inside
2 diameter of plain bearing and SBL(1)-014 0.06 – 0.119 0.20
outside diameter of gear shaft Replace
Model Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
3 Depth to knock in pin –0.5
SBL(1)-014 10 —
–0.5
4 Rotating torque of splined shaft 2.0 – 4.9 Nm {0.2 – 0.5 kgm}
Standard Delivery
Rotating
Delivery delivery amount
Delivery amount Model speed
pressure amount limit
— Oil: EO10-CD (rpm) —
( /min.) ( /min.)
Temperature: 45 – 55°C
20.6 MPa
SBL(1)-014 3,500 45.7 42.4
{210 kg/cm2}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02297-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02298-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02298-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Air conditioner 1
Function Cooling
q The air conditioner makes a pleasant operating q The refrigerant gas compressed and pressur-
environment for the operator and acts to ized by the air conditioner compressor enters
reduce fatigue. the air conditioner condenser where it is
cooled by dissipating the heat It then enters
the air conditioner unit and cold air is blown out
by the fan. When the temperature of the refrig-
erant gas rises, it is returned to the compres-
sor.
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02298-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02298-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02298-00
Receiver dryer
1. Sight glass
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02298-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Condenser
1. Fin
2. Tube
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02298-00
Compressor
1. Case
2. Clutch
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02298-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02299-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Network data
1. From machine monitor to each controller
q Switch input data
q Option setting data
2. From each controller to machine monitor
q Display data related to each controller
q Service mode data
q Troubleshooting data
3. From transmission controller to machine monitor
q Model selection data
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
46. Rotary switch [SW1] a When setting, follow the instruction in Testing
47. Rotary switch [SW2] and adjusting, Adjusting machine monitor, and
48. Rotary switch [SW3] do not change them.
49. Dipswitch [SW5-4] a When moving the switches, use a precision
50. Dipswitch [SW5-3] screwdriver and turn slowly.
51. Dipswitch [SW5-2] a Be careful not to touch anything except the
52. SI Spec, Non-SI Spec selection switch [SW5-1] switches inside the grommet.
53. Dipswitch [SW6-4] a Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in.
54. Dipswitch [SW6-3] a After completing the setting, return the grom-
55. Dipswitch [SW6-2] met securely to its original position.
56. Dipswitch [SW6-1]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Related A1
operation When A2
machine Immedi-
Display Display Display range/ Display Central monitor ately
No. item category Device Color conditions method Remarks
warn- Alarm check after
ing buzzer switch is turning
lamp oper- key ON.
ated.
When the
Backlight LED Amber small lamp is Lit up during — —
lit up. operation
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Related When
operation machine Immedi-
Display Display Display range/ Display monitor ately
No. item category Device Color conditions method check after Remarks
Central switch is turning
warn- Alarm oper-
ing buzzer ated. key ON.
lamp
Note: When machine
monitor check
Scale: switch is oper-
white, red 50 – 135°C ated, pointer
Gauge Move- Back- (102°C or higher Analog — — — starts at current
ment ground in the red zone) display (Note) position and
Coolant color: moves around
5 temper- black indication range
11 ature and then returns
to starting point.
At 102°C or Lit up during
Caution LED Red higher warning
When the
Backlight LED Amber small lamp is Lit up during — —
lit up. operation.
When any
problem or
When any prob- failure occurs,
Display lem or failure the action
code is dis- Note 1:"KOMATSU" is
charac- occurs on the displayed in the
ter: played in the
Action Action machine, * Dis- upper col- — — Note 1 Note 2 upper column.
7 code code LCD black played in the Note 2:"Program No." is
Back- umn and rem-
upper and lower edies or displayed in the
ground columns on the lower column.
color: character display. description of
green problem in
the lower col-
umn.
The failure
Press machine code
monitor mode (6 digits) and
selector switch > detection
during the occur- controller are
rence of the displayed in For information on how
Failure Failure problem or the upper col- to operate display, see
code code failure on the umn and the — — the Operation & Main-
machine. faulty system tenance Manual.
* Appears in the or descrip-
upper and lower tion of prob-
columns on the lem in the
character display. lower
column.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Related When
operation machine Immedi-
Display Display Display range/ Display monitor ately
No. item category Device Color conditions method check after Remarks
Central Warn- switch is turning
warn- ing oper- key ON.
ing buzzer ated.
lamp
Reverse
travel
integrating
meter Display Switch screen
Reset of character: Press machine by operating
time to black monitor mode machine For details, see the
Other selector switch
displays change fil- LCD Back- monitor mode Operation & Mainte-
ter and oil. ground " " selector nance Manual.
Telephone color: switch
7 number green ">" or "<".
setting
Language
selection
Dimmed
When the down by a
Night Backlight LED Green small lamp is step when the — —
lighting lit up. small lamp is
lit up.
Central
8 warning LED Red During system Lit up when
lamp is abnormal abnormal.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Related When
operation machine Immedi-
Display Display Display range/ Display monitor ately
No. item category Device Color conditions method check after Remarks
Central Warn- switch is turning
warn- ing oper- key ON.
ing buzzer ated.
lamp
Trans-
When transmis-
mission Lit up when
21
system
LED Red sion control sys-
abnormal.
tem is abnormal
caution
Retarder When retarder
Lit up when
22 system LED Red control system is
abnormal.
caution abnormal
When the body is
Inclina-
lifted and inclined Lit up when
23 tion LED Red
excessively abnormal.
caution
from side to side.
Caution
During
operation:
Seat- When the seat-
lit up
24 belt LED Red belt is not — —
During non-
caution fastened.
operation:
turned OFF.
During
See the operation: Note: Operates when
Body lit up the shift lever is in
25 LED Red instruction
caution manual During non- (Note) (Note) other than the "N"
operation: position.
turned OFF.
During
operation:
Emer- When the emer- lit up
26 gency LED Red gency steering is During non- — —
steering operated. operation:
turned OFF.
During
Turn operation:
lit up
27 signal, LED Green During operation During non- — —
right operation:
turned OFF.
During
Turn operation:
lit up
28 signal, LED Green During operation During non- — —
left operation:
turned OFF.
During
Head- operation:
light, lit up
29 LED Blue During operation During non- — —
high
beam Pilot operation:
turned OFF.
Shift
30 When the shift
lever
LED Green lever is in the "R" Lit up (*) — — * Blinks when the neu-
(R) position position tral safety is operated.
R
Shift
30 When the shift
lever
LED Orange lever is in the "N" Lit up — —
(N) position position
N
Shift
30 When the shift
lever
LED Green lever is in the "D" Lit up (*) — — * Blinks when the neu-
(D) position position tral safety is operated.
D
Shift
30 When the shift
lever
LED Green lever is in the "6" Lit up (*) — — * Blinks when the neu-
(6) position position tral safety is operated.
6
Shift
30 When the shift
lever
LED Green lever is in the "5" Lit up (*) — — * Blinks when the neu-
(5) position position tral safety is operated.
5
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Suspen-
sion
In suspension Lit up in "soft"
38 mode LED Green — —
"soft" mode mode
(soft) (if
equipped)
During
operation:
When ABS is
ABS (if lit up
39 LED Orange operated. — —
equipped) During non-
operation:
turned OFF
During
operation:
When ASR is
ASR (if lit up
40 LED Orange operated.
equipped) During non-
operation:
turned OFF
During
When electric
operation:
intake air heater
Preheat- lit up
41 LED Red for preheating — —
ing During non-
engine is
operation:
Pilot operated.
turned OFF
Auto-
matic When auto- When ready
retarder matic retarder is to be
42 LED Green — —
being ready to be oper- operated:
ready (if ated. lit up
equipped)
Auto-
matic Back-
retarder ground When automatic Display of set * Zero is displayed
43 LCD retarder switch is — — when the set speed
set speed color:
turned ON. speed (*)
(if gray is cancelled.
equipped)
Auto-
matic During
When automatic
retarder operation:
retarder switch is
unit lit up
44 LED Green turned ON and — —
display During non-
the unit km/h is
(km/h) operation:
selected.
(if turned OFF
equipped)
auto-
During
matic When automatic
operation:
retarder retarder switch is
lit up
45 display LED Green turned on and — —
During non-
unit the unit MPH is
operation:
(MPH) (if selected.
turned OFF
equipped)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline
Use this function to check the electric system fail-
ure history of respective controllers being memo-
rized by the machine monitor. Regarding the error
code being used in the electric equipment system
failure history, refer to the Chapter "Troubleshoot-
ing". When the fault is repaired and after checking
and confirming that normal operation has been
restored, delete the fault history.
2) Vehicle system failure history screen 4) Engine reduced cylinder function screen
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Outline Outline
Use this function to lubricate an engine without This function is being explained in the section "Fil-
starting the engine to drive a vehicle after a long- ter and oil changing time indication on the character
term storage. display" in the Chapter "Handling" in the Operation
Regarding the engine start method using this func- and Maintenance Manual. Use this function to
tion, refer to the Section "No injection cranking change filter oil replacement interval and stop func-
operation of engine" in the chapter "Inspection and tion.
Adjustment"
Outline Outline
Use this function to correct installation errors of Use this function to display fuel consumption
sensors, solenoid valves, and compensate produc- amount per operation hour.
tion tolerances of parts and components. Use this
function to change control characteristic data in
response to user's request.
Regarding the adjusting method using this function,
refer to the Section "Adjustment using monitor" in
the chapter "Inspection and Adjustment"
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline Outline
The engine mode controlled automatically accord- For details of this function, see "Related to VHMS
ing to the load on the machine, etc. is fixed forcibly. controller" of "Payload meter (having VHMS)".
This function is used to check the performance in
each engine mode.
Outline Outline
Use this function to order the snapshot data taking Use this function to indicate the installation status of
in, this function is used only having VHMS. When the optional equipment and to change the settings.
do the inspection used this function, see "Inspec- Use this function when optional equipment is
tion and Adjustment" of "Inspection using VHMS". installed or removed.
Regarding the setting change method using this
function, refer to the Section "Adjustment using
monitor" in the chapter "Inspection and Adjustment"
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Outline
This function operates on factory setting mode.
Since this function is for factory use only, do not
touch it.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
3) Selection of displaying the fault history of electric system and clearing the entire fault history of
electric system (second layer)
A current fault is displayed prior to the restored ones.
Pressing the > switch displays the next newer fault.
Pressing the < switch displays the next older fault.
After the oldest fault in memory was displayed, a screen is displayed allowing to select clearing the
entire fault history of electric system of the relevant controller.
Pressing the t switch changes the screen to the [Select displaying abnormalities in electric system]
screen on the first layer.
Pressing the U switch changes the screen to the [Clear individually the fault history of electric sys-
tem] or [Clear the fault history of electric system] screen.
* If the history consisted of one fault, pressing the switch does not change the screen to that for all-
out clearing (but change the screen to that for individual clearing).
4) Clearing individually the fault history of electric system, and clearing the entire fault history of elec-
tric system (the third layer)
Select YES or NO with the < or > switch.
Cursor (_) blinks on the selected item. Pressing the t switch changes the display as follows, with
the history reset if YES was selected, or not if NO was selected:
i) If No (cancel) was selected, the display returns to the [Display the fault history of electric
system] screen of the relevant fault (i.e., the screen before entering the [Clearing individually
(entirely) the fault history of electric system] screen).
ii) If YES (clear ) was selected, the display returns to the [Display the fault history of electric sys-
tem] screen of a fault next to the relevant fault. If the fault history to be shown exhausts, the
screen returns to the [Select displaying the fault history of electric system] screen.
By default, the cursor is on NO (no reset) to prevent resetting by error.
A current fault cannot be cleared. If it was selected, a peep sounds for one second to notify that the
operation is cancelled.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
1. Press the t switch and < switch for more than five seconds to go to the [ID Entry] screen.
2. Enter ID with the < and > switch, and press the U switch to go to the screen for service persons.
3. Press the < and > switch to display the [Select the real-time monitor] screen, then press the U switch to
fix the screen.
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
4. Press the switch U, and the [Monitor information display/selection] screen appears. Press the switch <
and the switch > to display the [Transmission controller information display/selection] screen, [Engine
controller information display/selection] screen, [Retarder controller information display/selection]
screen, [ABS controller information display/selection] screen (if equipped) and [2 item display function
selection] screen in order.
5. Pressing the U switch, while each selection screen is shown, displays the [One-item display] screen or
the [Select information on 2-item display] screen.
In the case of 1-item display, pressing the < and > switch changes the items shown in turn, displaying the
information each controller has.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
How to Enter an ID
After the screen was changed from another, “00000” is shown.
Enter a number 0-9 in the cursor position.
The cursor is at the highest digit first. Each time the < or > switch was pressed, the number changes by 1
within a range 0-9.
If the desired number was entered, press the U switch.
The cursor moves to the second highest digit. Repeat the procedures mentioned above until the last num-
ber is filled in the lowest digit.
If the lowest digit was entered, press the U switch, and the screen changes to that for displaying/selecting
the second item. Alternately, pressing the t switch returns the screen to that for displaying/selecting two
items.
In the case of 2-item display, enter the IDs of the information to be displayed, and the two items are shown
simultaneously. The IDs shown are the same as those on the 1-item display screen.
6. In the case of 1-item display, pressing the < and > switch changes the items shown in turn, displaying
the information each controller has.
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 Application ver. No. 20021 VERSION (APP) Application ver. No. is displayed.
3 Data ver. No. 20222 VERSION (DATA) Data ver. No. is displayed.
6 DIP switch 5-1, 2 30900 SW5-1, SW5-2 SW5-1: Selection of SI or non-SI specifi-
cation
SW5-2: Unused
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
0 – 30 V
– Unused
SW5-1:
For 7831-46-7000*, normally OFF
For 7831-46-8000*, normally ON
SW5-2: Unused
– Unused
– Unused
– Unused
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
0 0000000 (Switch = ON) D-IN-16: ARSC system switch (Upper) (If equipped)
If not equipped: 0
0 1 000000 (Switch = ON) D-IN-17: ARSC system switch (Lower) (If equipped)
If not equipped: 0
00 1 00000 (Switch = ON) D-IN-18: ABS system switch (Upper) (If equipped)
If not equipped: 0
000 1 0000 (Switch = ON) D-IN-19: ABS system switch (Lower) (If equipped)
If not equipped: 0
0000 1 000 (Switch = ON) D-IN-20: ASR system switch (Upper) (If equipped)
If not equipped: 0
00000 0 00 (Unused) D-IN-21: ASR system switch (Lower) (If equipped)
If not equipped: 0
000000 1 0 (Switch = ON) D-IN-22: Front brake cut-off switch
If not equipped: 0
0000000 0 (Unused) D-IN-23: Unused
1 000 (Headlight Hi/Lo selector switch = ON) D-OUT-0: Headlight Hi/Lo selector switch
0 1 00 (Buzzer = ON) D-OUT-1: Buzzer
00 0 0 (Unused) D-OUT-2: Unused
000 0 (Unused) D-OUT-3: Unused
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
7 Exhaust temperature (REAR) 42611 EXHAUST TMP R Display exhaust temperature (REAR)
8 Exhaust temperature (REAR) 42613 EXHAUST TMP R Display exhaust temperature (REAR)
13 Shift lever N signal 42500 SHIFT LEVER N Display shift lever N position
14 Stop run flag 45000 STOP RUN FLAG Display discrination the STOP or RUN
15 Suspension pressure (F.L.) 32805 SUS PRESS (FL) Display suspension pressure (F.L.)
16 Suspension pressure (F.L.) 32811 SUS PRESS (FL) Display suspension pressure (F.L.)
17 Suspension pressure (F.R.) 32804 SUS PRESS (FR) Display suspension pressure (F.R.)
18 Suspension pressure (F.R.) 32810 SUS PRESS (FR) Display suspension pressure (F.R.)
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Flat ground: 0.0 [° ] (When Front up: plus, Measure- When PLM (having VHMS) is setted up.
ment range: +/–15°)
Flat ground: 2.6 [V] When PLM (having VHMS) is setted up.
4.15 [V] at +15°
1.06 [V] at –15°
Payload [t] (Always, Metric ton) When PLM (having VHMS) is setted up.
Rated payload [t] (Always, Metric ton) When PLM (having VHMS) is setted up.
When shift lever is N position: ON When PLM (having VHMS) is setted up.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
19 Suspension pressure (R.L.) 32807 SUS PRESS (RL) Display suspension pressure (R.L.)
20 Suspension pressure (R.L.) 32813 SUS PRESS (RL) Display suspension pressure (R.L.)
21 Suspension pressure (R.R) 32806 SUS PRESS (RR) Display suspension pressure (R.R.)
22 Suspension pressure (R.R) 32812 SUS PRESS (RR) Display suspension pressure (R.R.)
26 Out put signal D_OUT_0–7 40946 D-OUT-0--3 Display input signal condition
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
0 000 (External display lamp: Green= light ON) D-OUT-0: External display lamp Green
0 0 00 (External display lamp: Yellow = light ON) D-OUT-1: External display lamp Yellow
00 0 0 (External display lamp: Red = light ON) D-OUT-2: External display lamp Red
000 1 (VHMS is in action) D-OUT-3: VHMS is in action
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Enter ID with the < and > switch, and press the
U switch to go to the screen for service per-
sons.
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Adjusting function
Regarding the adjusting method using this function,
refer to the Section "Adjustment using monitor" in
the chapter "Inspection and Adjustment"
This section will describe the operation method
only.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
a. Maintenance interval time change (4) The cursor moves to the second highest digit.
Repeat the procedures mentioned in (2) and (3)
until the last number is filled in the lowest digit.
(5) After the lowest digit is entered, press the U
switch.
a If the entered value represents the interval
time which can be set, the screen changes to
the confirmation screen.
a If the entered value represents the interval
time which cannot be set, the time doe not
change.
(6) The cursor is returned to the highest digit.
a The interval time can be set up to 50 h.
(7) If a wrong number is entered, unless the cursor
is positioned at the highest digit, press the t
switch to bring the cursor to the highest digit,
and do the procedures from the beginning again.
a At this time, the entered values remain
unchanged.
(8) When the cursor is positioned at the highest
digit, pressing the t switch changes the
screen to the higher layer.
q Press the <> switch to select YES/NO.
q The cursor (_) blinks on the selected item
When YES is selected, pressing the t switch
accepts the change. When NO is selected,
pressing the t switch cancels the change, and
How to enter interval time goes to the "maintenance item selection"
(1) Enter a number from 0 to 9 in the cursor posi- screen.
tion. a The cursor is positioned at NO by default to
(2) The cursor is positioned at the highest digit prevent from mistakenly carrying out the reset
first. Each time the > or < switch is pressed, operation.
the number is changed in the INC/DEC order q When the interval time is changed, the remain-
by 1 within a range 0 to 9. ing time on the timer is as follows.
(3) If the desired number is entered, press the U [Set interval time – time elapsed from the previous
switch to apply it. operation]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
*1. Press the U switch to change the screen to the "All item timer stop" screen.
*2. In the case that "All item timer stop" is selected
*3. When all item stop is carried out:
The timer functions for all items are disabled, and the screen returns to the "Maintenance monitor
selection" screen.
When the specific item is carried out, the setting is made to disable the function.
When cancel is carried out:
The operation is cancelled and the screen returns to the "maintenance selection" screen.
*4. When "All item valid" is selected
*5. Press the <> switch to select YES/NO.
The cursor (_) blinks on the selected item
a The cursor is positioned at NO (not change) by default to prevent from mistakenly carrying out the
reset operation.
*6. When all item valid is carried out:
Regardless of whether specific item is valid or invalid, the interval time set to the timer before the timer
was disabled is effective for all items.
The remaining time on the timer is reset.
Meanwhile, the number of reset times is not incremented but remains the same.
The screen returns to the "maintenance monitor selection" screen.
Setting is made valid for each item.
When cancel is carried out:
The operation is cancelled and the screen returns to the "maintenance selection" screen.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
English message
No. Item Interval [h] ID number
[11 one-byte characters]
1 Pre fuel filter 500 P FUEL FILT 41
2 Engine oil 500 ENG OIL 01
3 Engine oil filter 500 ENG FILT 02
4 Transmission oil filter 500 TM FILT 13
5 Fuel filter 1,000 FUEL FILT 03
6 Corrosion resistor 1,000 CORR RES 06
Torque converter, transmission and
7 1,000 TC/TM/BK OIL 24
rear brake cooling oil
8 Brake oil filter 1,000 BK OIL FILT 14
9 Brake cooling oil filter 1,000 BK C FILT 16
10 Hydraulic oil filter 2,000 HYD FILT 04
11 Differential case oil 2,000 DIFF OIL 11
12 Final drive oil 2,000 FNL OIL 08
13 Steering hoist oil 4,000 HYD OIL 10
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
*1 Lower column
Upper column q Displays travel distance (km or mile) since the
q Displays fuel consumption (L/km or L/mile) for previous reset
every 1 km (or mile) since the previous reset q Counting will stop when the upper limit
q Calculation is made based on the above fuel 9999999.9 is reached.
consumption and the travel distance *3
q Counting will stop when the upper limit Upper column
99999.9 is reached. q Displays accumulated fuel consumption (L)
Lower column since the previous reset
q Displays average fuel consumption (L/h) since q Counting will stop when the upper limit
the previous reset 9999999.9 is reached.
q Counting will stop when the upper limit 9999.9 Lower column
is reached. q Displays elapsed time (h) since the previous
*2 reset
Upper column q Counting will stop when the upper limit
q Displays accumulated fuel consumption (L) 9999999.9 is reached.
since the previous reset
q Counting will stop when the upper limit
9999999.9 is reached.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
*4 *6
(if equipped the VHMS) Setting of gain compensation value
q Display loaded quantity {ton} from the last 1) In order to change the screen, display the cur-
reset on the upper line. rent setting value and place the cursor on the
q Stop at the upper limit of 999999999.9. symbol (+/–).
q Whether short ton or metric ton is used 2) While the cursor is being positioned at the
depends on option settings. symbol, repeat '+', '<–>', '–', each time the >, /,
q Display the number of loadings from the last or < switch is pressed.
reset on the upper line. 3) Press the U switch to confirm the symbol. o
q Stop at the upper limit of 999999999.9. The cursor moves to the highest digit.
a The above data should be obtained from the 4) The cursor is positioned at the highest digit
value calculated by VHMS when PLM built into first. Each time the >, /, or < switch is pressed,
VHMS is enabled. the number is changed in the INC/DEC order
a VHMS sends load capacity to a monitor panel by 1 within a range 0 to 9 (the highest digit is 0
at the time of determination of 1 cycle. to 2).
a When load capacity at the time of determina- 5) If the desired number is entered, press the U
tion of 1 cycle is received, the monitor panel switch to apply it.
adds the loaded quantity to the last value and 6) The cursor moves to the lower digit. Repeat
add 1 to the number of loadings. the procedure mentioned in 4).
*1 – *4 7) The cursor moves to the lowest digit. Press
q Calculation is made only when engine is oper- the U switch. (When the number is confirmed,
ating and optional equipment is provided. the screen returns to that of the previous
*5 layer.)
q Press the U switch to delete data in the 8) While the number is being entered, pressing
screen (*1), (*2), (*3) and return to the screen the t switch makes the number remain
of the previous layer. unchanged and the cursor returns to the posi-
q Press the t switch to return to the screen of tion of the symbol. Pressing the t switch
the previous layer without resetting the current again change the screen to the previous
screen. screen.
a Reset the data when "initializing the monitor 9) When the number is not within the range from
panel" and when "turning the optional functions – 50.0 to + 50.0 while the lowest digit is con-
OFF", in addition to the above resetting opera- firmed, the number remains unchanged and
tion. the cursor returns to the position of the symbol,
as is the case for pressing the t switch.
Obtaining fuel consumption level [L]
q The monitor panel calculates the accumulated Procedures with the monitor panel:
fuel consumption (L) based on the instanta- q Default value: 0.0%
neous fuel consumption [L/h] supplied from the q Specify the setting value to compensate the
engine controller. accumulated fuel consumption (L) in the range
q The accumulated fuel consumption (L) is com- of [– 50.0 to + 50.0]
pensated using the fuel adjusting function
[FUEL ADJUST] on the service mode.
q The instantaneous fuel consumption [L/h] sup-
plied from the engine controller is compen-
sated in accordance with the table shown
below.
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
(*1)
Start the snapshot and exit it during recording.
After 7 minutes 30 seconds have elapsed, a move
to "READY" takes place when U is pressed on the
"SNAPSHOT" screen.
When 7 minutes 30 seconds have not elapsed, a
move to the "EXECUTING" screen takes place.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 49
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor
No. Specification
CN PIN I/0 A/D
1 CN1 1 – – –
2 CN1 2 – – –
3 CN1 3 – – –
8 CN1 8 – – –
9 CN1 9 – – GND
10 CN1 10 – – GND
17 CN1 17 – – GND
18 CN1 18 – – GND
19 CN1 19 – – GND
20 CN1 20 – – GND
*1: NSW +24 V input port is active even if the setting is made to KEY OFF when power is supplied directly
from battery.
50 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
– – – – – OPEN (RESERVED)
– – – – – OPEN (RESERVED)
HI BEAM Q Q Q Q
AISS SW Q Q Q Q
PASSING SW Q Q Q Q
Used to detect improper connector,
CONNECTER CHECK Q Q Q Q connection
MODE SW2-1 > Q Q Q Q Mode SW2 upper side
RIGHT TURN Q Q Q Q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 51
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor
No. Specification
CN PIN I/0 A/D
29 CN2A 9 – – GND
38 CN2A 18 I A D_IN_0 (0 – 30 V)
44 CN2B 6 – – GND
50 CN2B 12 I A A_IN_1 (0 – 30 V)
*1: NSW +24 V input port is active even if the setting is made to KEY OFF when power is supplied directly
from battery.
*2: Setting is made to PULL UP.
52 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
SENSOR GND Q Q Q Q
CHECK SW Q Q Q Q
ABS CHECK SW Q Q Q Q
ENGINE MODE SW Q Q Q Q
LEFT TURN Q Q Q Q
SEAT BELT Q Q Q Q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 53
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor
No. Specification
CN PIN I/0 A/D
59 CN3A 9 – – GND
62 CN3A 12 I D –
68 CN3A 18 – – NC
72 CN3B 4 I A A_IN_8 (0 – 5 V)
73 CN3B 5 I A A_IN_10 (0 – 5 V)
74 CN3B 6 – – GND
77 CN3B 9 I A A_IN_7 (0 – 5 V)
78 CN3B 10 I A A_IN_9 (0 – 5 V)
79 CN3B 11 – – GND
80 CN3B 12 – – NC
54 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
CAN (+) Q Q Q Q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 55
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor
No. Specification
CN PIN I/0 A/D
86 CN4 6 – – GND
87 CN4 7 – – GND
89 CN4 9 – – NC
90 CN4 10 – – NC
91 CN4 11 – – NC
92 CN4 12 – – NC
93 CN5 1 – – NC
94 CN5 2 – – RA232C_1_RTS
95 CN5 3 – – RA232C_1_RD
96 CN5 4 – – RA232C_2_RD
97 CN5 5 – – RA232C_2_RTS
98 CN5 6 – – NC
99 CN5 7 – – NC
106 CN5 14 – – NC
107 CN6 1 – – –
108 CN6 2 – – –
109 CN6 3 – – –
110 CN6 1 – – NC
111 CN6 5 – – –
112 CN6 6 – – NC
113 CN6 7 – – –
56 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
CAN (–) Q Q Q Q
– Q Q Q Q
– Q Q Q Q
– Q Q Q Q
Q Q Q Q
– Q Q Q Q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 57
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1 SW1 0 I D
2 SW1 1 I D
3 SW1 2 I D
4 SW1 3 I D
5 SW1 4 I D
6 SW1 5 I D
7 SW1 6 I D
8 SW1 7 I D
Rotary switch (16 pousitions)
9 SW1 8 I D
10 SW1 9 I D
11 SW1 A I D
12 SW1 B I D
13 SW1 C I D
14 SW1 D I D
15 SW1 E I D
16 SW1 F I D
17 SW2 0 I D
18 SW2 1 I D
19 SW2 2 I D
20 SW2 3 I D
21 SW2 4 I D
22 SW2 5 I D
23 SW2 6 I D
24 SW2 7 I D
Rotary switch (16 positions)
25 SW2 8 I D
26 SW2 9 I D
27 SW2 A I D
28 SW2 B I D
29 SW2 C I D
30 SW2 D I D
31 SW2 E I D
32 SW2 F I D
58 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Model name
Signal name HD325-7 HD465-7E0 HD465-7R Remarks
HD785-7
HD405-7 HD605-7E0 HD605-7R
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 59
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
33 SW3 0 I D
34 SW3 1 I D
35 SW3 2 I D
36 SW3 3 I D
37 SW3 4 I D
38 SW3 5 I D
39 SW3 6 I D
40 SW3 7 I D
Rotary switch (16 positions)
41 SW3 8 I D
42 SW3 9 I D
43 SW3 A I D
44 SW3 B I D
45 SW3 C I D
46 SW3 D I D
47 SW3 E I D
48 SW3 F I D
50 SW5 2 I D
51 SW5 3 I D
52 SW5 4 I D
54 SW6 2 I D
55 SW6 3 I D
56 SW6 4 I D
60 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02299-00
Model name
Signal name HD325-7 HD465-7E0 HD465-7R Remarks
HD785-7
HD405-7 HD605-7E0 HD605-7R
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
ON: SI specification
– – – –
OFF: Non-SI specification
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 61
SEN02299-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
62 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02300-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Transmission controller 1
Outline
q The transmission controller controls the trans- 7. It receives the model selection data (what
mission system. model it is mounted on) through the net-
It has the following features and functions. work.
1. It has a power mode and an economy 8. It has a self-diagnostic function which di-
mode, and the gearshifting pattern can be vides the input and output systems further
selected. into small parts.
2. The braking mode is the mode when the 9. The self-diagnostic function is displayed
brake is used. By raising the gearshifting on the monitor.
point and increasing the speed of the 10. When an abnormality is detected, it trans-
brake cooling pump it is possible to raise mits the details to the network.
the cooling effect of the retarder and make 11. It uses the machine monitor to display if the
effective use of the engine brake. failure is still existing.
3. It controls the brake through the retarder 12. It provides an escape function for use
controller for the torque converter lock-up when there is a failure in the electrical sys-
solenoid valve and overrun prevention. tem.
4. To reduce the shock when shifting gear, it
outputs the throttle correction command to
the engine controller when shifting gear
and adjusts the engine speed.
5. Speed sensors are installed at three plac-
es (transmission input shaft, intermediate
shaft, and output shaft). This makes it pos-
sible to detect slippage of the transmission
clutches and to protect the transmission
when there is any abnormality in the hy-
draulic system.
6. It connects to the network and shares var-
ious data with other controllers.
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
ATC2
Pin Input/output Pin Input/output
Signal name Signal name
No. signal No. signal
1 – – 21 –
2 – – 22 Network Low Imput/output
3 – – 23 –
4 – – 24 –
5 Shift lever position 5 Input 25 Shift lever position D Input
6 Shift lever position L Input 26 Shift lever position 3 Input
7 T/M main variable valve operation Input 27 Coolant level Input
8 – – 28 – –
9 – – 29 GND (for input shaft rotation, output shaft Input
rotation)
10 – – 30 Transmission output shaft rotation Output
11 – – 31 –
12 – – 32 Network High Input/output
13 – – 33 – –
14 – – 34 – –
15 Shift lever position 6 Input 35 Shift lever position R Input
16 Shift lever position 2 Input 36 Shift lever position 4 Input
17 Air cleaner clogging switch Input 37 – –
18 – – 38 – –
19 – – 39 GND (intermediate shaft rotation) Input
20 Transmission intermediate shaft rotation Input 40 Transmission input shaft rotation Input
ATC3
Pin Input/output Pin Input/output
Signal name Signal name
No. signal No. signal
1 Power supply 24V Input 21 GND Input
2 Proportional solenoid power supply 24 V Input 22 Proportional solenoid power supply 24 V Input
ECMV Hig 1st, 4th, main oil quantity change ECMV Rev. 2nd, lock-up, T/M lubrication oil
3 valve (-) Output 23 quantity variable valve (-) Output
4 – – 24 KEY switch ACC Input
5 ECMV 2nd (+) Output 25 ECMV Rev (+) Output
6 ECMV Low (+) Output 26 ECMV Hig (+) Output
7 – – 27 – –
8 Torque converter oil pressure sensor power Output 28 – –
supply (24V)
9 Fill switch 2nd Input 29 Fill switch Rev Input
10 Fill switch Low Input 30 Fill switch Hig Input
11 Power supply 24V Input 31 GND Input
12 Proportional solenoid power supply 24 V Input 32 GND Input
13 ECMV output Low, 3rd (-) Output 33 GND Input
14 KEY switch ACC Input 34 – –
15 ECMV 3rd (+) Output 35 ECMV lock-up (+) Output
16 ECMV 4th (+) Output 36 ECMV 1st (+) Output
17 – – 37 T/M main pressure variable valve Output
18 – – 38 – –
19 Fill switch 3rd Input 39 – –
20 Fill switch 4th Input 40 Fill switch 1st Input
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Economy mode:
When the machine is being used under light load,
such as when traveling unloaded or on flat ground,
the shift-up point and shift-down point are both low-
ered, the engine speed is maintained at a lower
level, and the fuel consumption, noise, and trans-
mission shock are improved. In this mode, the max-
imum engine output is limited.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
Note:
1. Power mode gear speed (F4, F3, or F2) is maintained.
q For the shift-up point, the optimum point Accordingly, if the operator drives the machine
between 2,100 and 1,750 rpm is selected down a slope with the foot brake applied and
according to the amount of the accelerator the engine speed is kept low by the gear speed
pedal is depressed, the acceleration of the maintaining function, the cooling oil becomes
machine, and the speed range. insufficient and the engine tends to overheat.
q For the shift-down point also, the optimum q If the travel speed lowers below 1 km/h or the
point between 1,200 and 1,400 rpm is selected foot brake is not applied or the lock-up is kept
according to the amount the accelerator pedal turned on for a long period, the lock-up is
is depressed and the speed range. turned off and a gear speed proper for the
travel speed is selected.
2. Economy mode
q For the shift-up point, the optimum point 4. Lock-up
between 2,100 and 1,750 rpm is selected q The point to turn ON the torque converter
according to the amount the accelerator pedal lockup is set properly in the range from 1,250
is depressed, the acceleration of the machine, to 1,500 rpm according to the torque converter
and the speed range. inlet speed (engine speed) and outlet speed
q For the shift-down point also, the optimum (transmission input shaft speed) and accelera-
point between 1,200 and 1,400 rpm is selected tor pedal position.
according to the amount of the accelerator q The lockup-off point is 1,100 rpm.
pedal is depressed and the speed range. q If the operator starts driving the machine down
a slope with the accelerator pedal released,
3. Braking mode
the torque converter is not locked up until the
q While the foot brake is operated, if the travel
operator presses the accelerator pedal or
speed lowers below about 20 km/h at the 4th
applies the brake.
gear speed, about 15 km/h at 3rd gear speed,
or 11 km/h at the 2nd gear speed, the current
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Gear shift lever positions and method of shifting 4) Gear shift lever position N
1) Gear shift lever position D At the neutral position, none of the transmis-
When shifting up (in power mode) sion clutches are actuated.
I) When the gear shift lever is set at position D,
the transmission is set to F2 torque converter Time when gear cannot be shifted
range. q In the automatic shift range, to prevent mis-
II) When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the taken operation caused by excessive variation
engine speed rises and accelerates. When the in the speed when shifting gear, a time delay is
transmission input shaft speed reaches 1,250 used to prevent the gears from being shifted
– 1,500 rpm, the lock-up clutch is engaged, so within the set time.
the torque converter is directly engaged and q The gearshifting time delay is controlled pre-
the transmission is set to direct travel. cisely by each gearshifting pattern through the
III) As the engine speed rises further and reaches use of the all-range electronic modulation sys-
1,750 – 2,100 rpm, the transmission shifts up tem.
to F3.
While the transmission is shifting up, the The approximate values for the gearshifting
engine speed is also lowered (a command is pattern and gearshifting time delay are shown
output to the engine controller) in order to in the diagram below.
reduce the shock when shifting gear.
IV) Immediately after shifting up, the engine speed
momentarily goes down, but as the machine
accelerates, it rises again and the transmission
shifts up in turn to F4 to F7 in the same way as
in III) above.
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
5 Transmission intermediate axis rota- 31300 T/M SPEED:MID Intermediate axis rotation speed is output
tion
6 Transmission output axis rotation 31400 T/M SPEED:OUT Output axis rotation speed is output
7 Fuel level 04201 FUEL SENSOR Resistance-converted value of fuel level sensor
(A_IN_5) is output
8 Fuel level 04201 FUEL SENSOR Input voltage of fuel level sensor (A_IN_5) is out-
put
9 Alternator R 04301 ALTERNATOR R Alternator R terminal input state (A_IN_0) is output
10 Torque converter oil temperature 30100 T/C OIL TEMP Torque converter oil temperature (A_IN_1) of oil
temperature value is output
11 Torque converter oil temperature 30101 T/C OIL TEMP Torque converter oil temperature (A_IN_1) of
search voltage value is output
12 Transmission oil temperature 32500 T/M OIL TEMP Transmission oil temperature of oil temperature
value is output
13 Transmission oil temperature 32501 T/M OIL TEMP Transmission oil temperature of search voltage
value is output
14 Steering oil temperature 32701 STRG OIL TEMP Steering oil temperature (A_IN_3) of oil
temperature value is output
15 Steering oil temperature 32702 STRG OIL TEMP Steering oil temperature (A_IN_3) of search
voltage value is output
16 Torque converter oil temperature 32600 T/C OIL PRESS Torque converter oil temperature (A_IN_10) of
pressure ratio voltage value is output
17 Torque converter oil temperature 32605 T/C OIL PRESS Torque converter oil temperature (A_IN_10) of
input voltage value is output
18 Accumulator oil pressure (front) 35500 ACC OIL PRE F Pressure-converted value of front accumulator oil
pressure (A_IN_8) is output
19 Accumulator oil pressure (rear) 35501 ACC OIL PRE R Pressure-converted value of rear accumulator oil
pressure (A_IN_9) is output
20 Accumulator oil pressure (front) 35504 ACC OIL PRE F Voltage sensed by front accumulator oil pressure
(A_IN_8) is output
21 Accumulator oil pressure (rear) 35505 ACC OIL PRE R Voltage sensed by rear accumulator oil pressure
(A_IN_9) is output
22 Solenoid output (H) 31600 ECMV H DIR HIGH clutch of ECMV output direction current is
output
23 Solenoid output (L) 31601 ECMV L DIR LOW clutch of ECMV output direction current is
output
24 Solenoid output (1st) 31602 ECMV 1 DIR 1st clutch of ECMV output direction current is out-
put
25 Solenoid output (2nd) 31603 ECMV 2 DIR 2nd clutch of ECMV output direction current is out-
put
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
4.72 V = 0 °C
4.33 V = 30 °C
3.55 V = 60 °C
2.20V = 100 °C
1.61 V = 120 °C
x1 [°C] (0 – 150 [°C])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mV] (0.00 – 5.00 [V])
---- [Besides the above]
4.72 V = 0 °C
4.33 V = 30 °C
3.55 V = 60 °C
2.20 V = 100 °C
1.61 V = 120 °C
x1 [°C] (0 – 150 [°C])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mV] (0.00 – 5.00 [V])
---- [Besides the above]
4.72 V = 0°C
4.33 V = 30°C
3.55 V = 60°C
2.20 V = 100°C
1.61 V = 120°C
x1 [MPa] (0.00 – 5.00 [MPa])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mV] (0.00 – 5.00 [V])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [MPa] (0.00 – 5.00 [MPa])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [MPa] (0.00 – 5.00 [MPa])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mV] (0.00 – 5.00 [V])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mV] (0.00 – 5.00 [V])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mA] (0 – 1000 [mA])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mA] (0 – 1000 [mA])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mA] (0 – 1000 [mA])
---- [Besides the above]
x1 [mA] (0 – 1000 [mA])
---- [Besides the above]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
36 High clutch trigger compensation 38901 TRIGGER MOD H High clutch trigger compensation value is output
value (all oil pressure mode)
37 1st clutch trigger compensation value 38902 TRIGGER MOD 1 1st clutch trigger compensation value is output (all
oil pressure mode)
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
According to the follows hex decimal
Display it in order of follows by eight
AABBCCDD
AA: Low temperature compensation value [x10msec]
BB: Inside temperature compensation value [x10msec]
CC: Normal temperature compensation value [x10msec]
DD: High temperature compensation value [x10msec]
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
According to the follows hex decimal
Display it in order of follows by eight
AABBCCDD
AA: Low temperature compensation value [x10msec]
BB: Inside temperature compensation value [x10msec]
CC: Normal temperature compensation value [x10msec]
DD: High temperature compensation value [x10msec]
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
39 3rd clutch trigger compensation value 38904 TRIGGER MOD 3 3rd clutch trigger compensation value is output
(all oil pressure mode)
40 4th clutch trigger compensation value 38905 TRIGGER MOD 4 4th clutch trigger compensation value is output
(all oil pressure mode)
41 Revolution clutch trigger compensa- 38906 TRIGGER MOD R Revolution clutch trigger compensation value is
tion value output (all oil pressure mode)
42 Clutch FILL switch 38919 FILL HL1234R Every each clutch of FILL SW recognition condi-
tion is output
[H,L,1,2,3,4,R]
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
According to the follows hex decimal
Display it in order of follows by eight
AABBCCDD
AA: Low temperature compensation value [x10msec]
BB: Inside temperature compensation value [x10msec]
CC: Normal temperature compensation value [x10msec]
DD: High temperature compensation value [x10msec]
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
According to the follows hex decimal
Display it in order of follows by eight
AABBCCDD
AA: Low temperature compensation value [x10msec]
BB: Inside temperature compensation value [x10msec]
CC: Normal temperature compensation value [x10msec]
DD: High temperature compensation value [x10msec]
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
According to the follows hex decimal
Display it in order of follows by eight
AABBCCDD
AA: Low temperature compensation value [x10msec]
BB: Inside temperature compensation value [x10msec]
CC: Normal temperature compensation value [x10msec]
DD: High temperature compensation value [x10msec]
7F=127 (MAX)
01=1
00=0
FF=-1
FE=-2
80=-128 (MIN)
[1 (ON), 0 (OFF)] by data to support right under HLR1234R attend H: H Fill switch recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
and display L: L Fill switch recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
1: One Fill switch recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
Example 2: Two Fill switch recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
011000: F1 time 3: Three Fill switch recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
001001: R2 time 4: FOUR Fill SW recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
000000: N time R: R Fill switch recognition [1:ON, 0:OFF]
100010: F4 time
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
HLR1234R
1111111 (Finished with all clutches learning)
HLR1234R
0000000 (Unlearned in all clutches)
*0******: Transmission oil filter clogging D_IN_1: Transmission oil filter switch 1
****1***: Cranking D_IN_3: Emergency escape switch
******0*: Non-operation emergency steering D_IN_4: C terminal signal
******1*: Operation emergency steering D_IN_6: Emergency steering relay
*******1: Shift lever N D_IN_7: Shift lever N
1*******: L fill D_IN_8: Fill signal L
*1******: 4th fill D_IN_9: Fill signal 4th
**1*****: H fill D_IN_10: Fill signal H
***1****: 1st fill D_IN_11: Fill signal 1st
****1***: 2nd fill D_IN_12: Fill signal 2nd
*****1**: 3rd fill D_IN_13: Fill signal 3rd
******1*: R fill D_IN_14: Fill signal R
Example
10010000: F1 time
00010010: R1 time
00000000: N time
11000000: F6 time
10000000: Shift lever R D_IN_16: Shift range R
01000000: Shift lever D D_IN_17: Shift range D
00100000: Shift lever 6 D_IN_18: Shift range 6
00010000: Shift lever 5 D_IN_19: Shift range 5
00001000: Shift lever 4 D_IN_20: Shift range 4
00000100: Shift lever 3 D_IN_21: Shift range 3
00000010: Shift lever 2 D_IN_22: Shift range 2
00000001: Shift lever L D_IN_23: Shift range L
*0******: Lowering of coolant level D_IN_25: Coolant level
**0*****: Clogging of air cleaner D_IN_26: Air cleaner switch
***0****: Operation of main pressure variable valve D_IN_27: Main pressure variable valve pressure switch
****0***: Operation of main oil flow selector valve D_IN_28: Main oil flow selector valve pressure switch
*****0**: Operation of lubricating oil flow variable valve D_IN_29: Lubricating oil flow variable valve pressure switch
* Plane does not use
* Plane does not use
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Timer Outline
2. Battery If the engine should stop when the machie is travel-
3. Emergency steering oil pressure switch ing, or there is any abnormality in the hydraulic
4. Emergency steering motor pump and the steering circuit oil pressure is
5. Emergency steering pump become below the specifed value, the emergency
6. Steering control valve system automatically actuates an electric pump to
ensure the hydraulic pressure for the steering,
thereby making it possible to use the steering.
This system can also be operated manually.
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
Relay timer
1. Dial Outline
2. Lock This relay timer is a delay timer to prevent emer-
3. Pin gency steering system from malfunctioning.
After the current flows in the coil for the time set by
Set time: 1 seconds the timer, the relay contacts are switched.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
S: Soft
M: Medium
H: Heard
Set mode
Control pattern Function Content of control Empty Loaded
S M H S M H
Distinguishing To set damping force Internal pressure of front sus-
empty/loaded according to load on pension cylinder is measured
machine and compared with standard
valve
Anti-roll To prevent the chas- This detects the travel speed
sis from rolling when and steering angle, and
turning at high speed switches the mode according to (When
turning)
certain conditions.
(Not controlled when traveling
empty)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Connector Function
2. Solenoid q The automatic suspension solenoid valve is
installed in the circuit between the hydraulic
A: To hydraulic cylinder head pump and the suspension cylinder. The valve
B: To hydraulic cylinder bottom switches oil pressure of the hydraulic cylinder
P: From pump which is installed to the front suspension,
T: To transmission oil pan according to signal from the retarder controller.
Two solenoid valves are combined to select
three modes of Soft, Medium and Hard.
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Retarder controller
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
BRC1
Pin No. Signal name Imput/output signal Pin No. Signal name Imput/output signal
1 SUS press sensor (RL) Input 13 ARSC set SW Input
2 Strg potentio Input 14 Retard lever Input
3 Retard oil temp (R) Input 15 Alternator R Input
4 GND (SIG) – 16 Sens PWR Output
5 Retard SW (rear) Input 17 Service brake press SW Input
6 Brake system filter Input 18 Validation SW2 Input
7 SUS press sensor (RR) Input 19 Hoist laver (main) Input
8 Body position sensor Input 20 Hoist laver (SUB) Input
9 – Input 21 GND (Analog GND) –
10 GND (SIG) – 22 Pot PWR Output
11 – Input 23 – Input
12 Memory clear SW Input 24 Validation SW1 Input
BRC2
Pin No. Signal name Imput/output signal Pin No. Signal name Imput/output signal
1 – Output 21 S_NET Input/Output
2 Strg hoist filter SW Input 22 CAN0 L Input/Output
3 Strg hoist lever SW Input 23 CAN1 L Input/Output
4 232C RxD Input 24 *FEW SW Input
5 Brake wear SW (RL) Input 25 – Input
6 – Input 26 – Input
7 ENG oil level SW Input 27 – Input
8 – Output 28 TM & Brake oil level SW Input
9 Body float signal Output 29 GND (pulse GND) –
10 Wheel speed (RR) Input 30 T/M output shaft speed Input
11 – Output 31 GND (S_NET GND) –
12 Can SH – 32 CAN0_H Input/Output
13 Eng oil filter Input 33 CAN1_H Input/Output
14 232C TxD Output 34 GND (232C_GND) –
15 – Input 35 Key SW C (Engine start) Input
16 – Input 36 Brake wear SW (RR) Input
17 Retard cooling filter Input 37 Steering speed Input
18 Stop lamp relay Output 38 Battery requid level SW Input
19 – Output 39 GND (pulse GND) –
20 Wheel speed (RL) Input 40 – Input
BRC3
Pin No. Signal name Imput/output signal Pin No. Signal name Imput/output signal
1 VB (controller PWR) Input 21 GND (controller GND) Input
2 VIS (solenoid PWR) Input 22 VIS (solenoid PWR) Input
SOL_COM SOL_COM
3 Input 23 Input
(solenois common GND) (solenois common GND)
4 – Output 24 Key SIG Input
5 Hoist EPC valve Output 25 – Output
6 – Output 26 ASR valve (RL) Output
7 Auto SUS SOL1 Output 27 Lever kick out sol Output
8 +24 V for sensor Output 28 F/B cut valve Output
9 Parking brake press SW Input 29 – Input
10 ASR press SW (RL) Input 30 Shut off valve SW Input
11 VB (controller PWR) Input 31 GND (controller GND) Input
12 VIS (solenoid PWR) Input 32 GND (controller GND) Input
SOL_COM (solenois com- 33 GND (controller GND) Input
13 Input
mon GND) 34 Reserve –
14 Key SIG Input 35 – Output
15 ASR shut off valve Output 36 ASR valve (RR) Output
16 Retard valve R Output 37 Auto SUS SOL2 Output
17 Hoist change valve Output 38 – Output
18 BCV relay Output 39 Secondary brake SW Input
19 – Input 40 ASR check SW Input
20 ASR press SW (RR) Input
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
Relationship between retarder lever potentiometer and output to proportional solenoid valve
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
4. Control when starting switch is turned to 4) While running the engine at low idle, raise
ON, OFF, or START the body and float it at the maximum
Starting switch at ON: height, and then lower it to the seat.
The output is set to HOLD, regardless of the Repeat this operation 10 times.
position of the lever. 5) While running the engine at high idle,
If the engine is not started, even if the hoist raise the body and float it at the maximum
lever is operated, the condition remains at height, and then lower it to the seat.
HOLD. Repeat this operation 10 times.
Starting switch at OFF:
The hoist valve is closed and the dump body is
held in position regardless of the position of the
lever.
Engine started:
Immediately after the engine is started, the out-
put is set to HOLD, regardless of the position
of the lever.
After the lever is moved to the HOLD position,
it becomes possible to carry out normal opera-
tions.
6. Calibration function
To absorb any inherent error in the dump body
potentiometer, calibration is carried out to rec-
ognize the dump body seating and the body
cylinder stopper condition.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
1. Lever
2. Rod
3. Spring
4. Spring
5. Retainer
6. Body
7. Body
8. Bushing
9. Solenoid
10. Nut
11. Rod
12. Detent spring
13. Retainer
14. Ball
15. Seat
16. Potentiometer
17. Lever
18. Rod
19. Rod
20. Detent spring
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q When lever (1) is operated, rod (18) moves up
or down according to the amount the lever is
operated, and rotates potentiometer (16).
q The amount the control lever is operated (trav-
els) is detected by the potentiometer, and this
is sent as a signal voltage to the controller.
q One potentiometer is installed and outputs two
related signal voltages as shown in the "Output
voltage characteristics" graph.
Operation
1. Dump lever operated to FLOAT
q When LOWER rod (2) is pushed by lever (1)
and moves down, ball (14) contacts protrusion
(a) of rod (11) during the stroke. (Before start
of actuation of mechanical detent)
q When rods (2) and (11) are pushed in further,
ball (14) is being held by detent spring (12).
While pushing retainer (13) up, it escapes to
the outside, and rod (11) passes over protru-
sion (a).
q When this happens, rod (18) on the opposite
side is pushed up by spring (4). Ball (14) is
moved to the small diameter side of protrusion
(b) of rod (19) by retainer (13) that is being
held by detent spring (20).
q Even if the lever is released, rod (18) is held in
position by the pushing force of the ball and
protrusion (b) of rod (19), so the lever is held at
the FLOAT position.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02300-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02300-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02301-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Principle of calculation
1. Outline
A dump truck is supported by 4 suspension
cylinders. By measuring the total of the loads
on each cylinder, it is possible to know the load
mass on the springs of the dump truck.
The measurement of the load mass is obtained
by calculating the difference between the mass
when empty and the mass when full.
The load on each cylinder can be calculated
from the internal pressure and sectional area
of the suspension cylinder.
W = PB SB – PT (SB – ST)
Where
W = Load bearing on suspension cylinder
PB = Bottom pressure
PT = Top pressure
SB = Cross-sectional area of cylinder
ST = Cross-sectional area of rod
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
4. Correction on slope
If the dump truck is loaded on a slope, the
measured mass is different from the mass
measured on a level ground. To solve this
problem, the longitudinal inclination of the
dump truck is measured and the measured
mass is corrected according to the inclination
angle. (Correction range of inclination angle: ±
5°)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
Left face
4. Model selector switch 0 – F rotary selector switch According to model selector code table
5. Memory card use switch 2-stage selector switch Up : Not used Down : Used
6. Clinometer use switch 2-stage selector switch Up : Not used Down : Used
7. Mass unit setting switch 2-stage selector switch Up: t (Metric ton), Down: US ton (Short ton)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Top
Left (1) (2)
(memory card not used)
side
switch
No. 5 Bottom
(3) (4)
(memory card used)
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(*1) When load is less than 50% of correct mass, display shows 0 t.
(*2) For details of conditions taken as dumping, see v) Content of memory (1).
(*3) The aggregate mass display is shown in units of 100 t. (Rounded to the nearest 100)
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine operation number Integer 1-65535 Consecutive number for operation of engine
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
e) Other data
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
f) Calibration data
a These are saved in RAM each time calibration is performed.
a The maximum limit in memory for calibration data is 15 sets.
The above data items a) – g) are retained even when the power is switched OFF.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
vi) Forced display of aggregate load mass, total x) Service check mode
number of cycles By operating the switches of payload meter ,
Forced display of existing abnormalities and it is possible to forcibly carry out display, set-
warnings ting, and correction of the following items.
By operating the TOTAL/SFT switch of payload
meter II, it is possible to carry out forcible dis- a) Detailed calibration data display
play of these items. The display shows the date, suspension
For details, see the Operation and Mainte- pressure, etc. when the latest calibration
nance Manual. was carried out.
vii) Operator check mode b) Detailed load mass calculation data dis-
By operating the switch of payload meter , it play (analog data)
is possible to carry out the following items. The display shows the suspension pres-
For details, see the Operation and Mainte- sure and machine angle used when calcu-
nance Manual. lating the present load mass.
a) Memory card dump
b) Data all clear c) Memory card dump (service area)
c) Abnormality, warning exists/cancelled, This writes all the data displayed for Items
input signal condition display 6-6 and 6-7 to the memory card inserted in
d) Machine ID setting the machine.
e) Open ID setting
f) Limit speed setting a This function is available only when the
g) Option code setting No. 5 switch on the left side of the control-
h) Time, date correction ler (memory card use switches) is set for
"Use"
viii) Dimming of display portion
It is possible to adjust the brightness of the d) Data all clear (service area)
payload meter display portion to 10 levels This forcibly deletes all the calibration data
with the LIGHT/INC switch. and analog data, except for the latest cali-
bration data.
ix) Downloading saved data
It is possible to download any data recorded in a Before clearing the data, always download
payload meter to a PC through a cable the data to a PC or carry out a) Card
(ANSI/E1A RS-232C). dump.
For details, see the PC software manual pro-
vided by Komatsu. e) Input signal condition display
This displays some of the signal condi-
tions for the sensors input to payload
meter and the present recognition con-
dition of the payload meter.
f) Forced initialization
This forcibly deletes all the data in payload
meter .
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
2. Every time the CAL/CLE switch (1) is pressed, From CALO flashing Remarks
the display changes in the order shown on the Last 2 digits of year for date
1
right. when CAL was carried out
Month and day for date when
2 CAL was carried out
3. If MODE switch (2) is pressed at any time dur- Hour and minute for date
ing the display in Steps 1. or 2., the display will 3 when CAL was carried out
return to CHEC. (End) 4
Model selection switch (decimal
value) when CAL was carried out
5 x 98kPa P'FL (Front left) Suspension
pressure less than
6 x 98kPa P'FR (Front right) 100 x 98 kPa: XX.X
7 x 98kPa P'RL (Rear left) More than 100 x 98 kPa:
8 x 98kPa P'RR (Rear right) XXX.X
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Every time the LIGHT/INC switch (1) is pressed, From ALLO flashing or A.FUL
Remarks
the display changes in the order shown on the flashing
17 ALLO flashing
Returns to (1) and
repeats sequence
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
(c) Operation for memory card dump (service area) (d) Operation for data all clear (service area)
1. Set to CHEC display, then press TOTAL/SFT 1. Set to CHEC display, then press LIGHT/INC
switch (1) switch (1) and CAL/CLEswitch (2) at the same
Display: Cd : dP time for at least 2 seconds.
Display: A : CLE
2. Press TOTAL/SFT switch (1) again.
The main display will go out and memory card 2. Press CAL/CLE switch (2).
access lamp (3) will light up. The display will become A.CLE (lighted up),
When the memory card dump operation is and when the data all clear operation is com-
completed, it will return automatically to the pleted, it will return automatically to the CHEC
CHEC display. (End) display. (End)
If it is desired to stop the memory card dump If it is desired to stop the data all clear opera-
operation when the display is Cd : dP, press tion when the display is A : CLE, presss
MODE switch (2), and the display will return to MODE witch (3), and the display will return to
CHEC without performing the memory card CHEC without performing the data all clear
dump operation. operation.
The memory card dump function can be used a Before clearing the data, download the
only when the No. 5 switch (memory card use necessary data to a PC or carry out the
switch) on the left side of the controller is set to card dump operation in Item (c).
"Use".
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(e) Operation for input signal condition display (2-d) Battery charge signal condition
Display: C4:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
Engine running: C4 : oo
Engine stopped: C4 : — —
O
(2-e) Analog spare input 1 signal condition
Display: C5:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
X.X .... Input signal (V)
O
(2-f) Analog spare input 2 signal condition
Display: C6:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
X.X .... Same as C5
O
(2-g) Digital spare input 1 signal condition
Display: C7:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
1. Set to CHEC display, then press TOTAL/SFT
switch (1) and CAL/CLR switch (2) at the same
Hi:C7 : oo
time for at least 2 seconds.
Lo: C7 : — —
Display: S : CHE
O
(2-h) Digital spare input 2 signal condition
2. Every time CAL/CLR switch (1) is pressed, the
Display: C8 : XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
display changes in the order shown below.
X.X .... Same as C7
O
(2-a) Parking brake, brake lock switch signal condi-
(2-i) Travel speed display
tion [HD1200-1]
Display: C9 : XX
Display: C1:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
X.X .... Travel speed (km/h)
O
Either one ON:CL : oo
(2-j) Travel distance display
Both OFF:CL : — —
O
Travel distance with machine in present
(2-a’) Shift lever position signal condition
condition (empty or loaded) for that cycle
[except HD1200-1]
Display: C1: XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
XXXX .... (m)
"N":CL : oo
* If the value goes above 9999m, the display
Except "N":CL : — —
starts again from 0.
O
O
(2-b) Dump lever position signal condition
Go to next page
Display: C2:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
F. FLOAT:C2 : oo
Except FLOAT:C2 : — —
O
(2-c) Engine oil pressure signal condition
Display: C3:XX (lights up for 3 seconds)
Engine running:C3 : oo
Engine stopped:C3 : — —
O
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(g) Operation for setting extra load mass when (h) Operation for setting load mass fixed display
loading and cycle data record value
1. Set to CHEC display, then press TOTAL/SFT 1. Set to UP : XX display, then press CAL/CLR
switch (1) and LIGHT/INC switch (2) at the switch (4)
same time for at least 2 seconds.
Display: PL : XX (present set value)
Display: S.5EL
If it is necessary to correct the setting, press
2. Press CAL/CLR switch (3). LIGHT/INC switch (2) and correct.
Display UP : XX present set value: for+: X
When the correction operation is completed,
for–: – X
press MODE switch (1) at any time to return to
If it is necessary to correct the setting, press
the CHEC display. (End)
LIGHT/INC switch (2) and correct.
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
( i ) Operation for setting loading completion recog- ( j ) Operation for setting loading start recognition
nition travel distance load mass
1. Set to PL: XX display, then press CAL/CLR 1. Set to O.SEL display, then press CAL/CLR
switch (4) switch (4)
Display: O.SEL Display: P.SEL
4. Press CAL/CLR switch (4) again. 4. Press CAL/CLR switch (4) again.
Display: XXX Display: XXXX
If it is necessary to correct the setting If it is necessary to correct the set-
for the hundreds, press LIGHT/INC ting for the thousands, press LIGHT/
switch (2) and correct. INC switch (2) and correct.
5. If CAL/CLR switch (4) is pressed again, the 5. If CAL/CLR switch (4) is pressed again, the
display will return to XXX, so it is possible to display will return to Step 3, so it is possible to
correct the units again. correct again.
6. When the correction operation from Step 1. is 6. When the correction operation from Step 1. is
completed, pressMODE switch (1) at any time completed, press MODE switch (1) at any time
to return to the CHEC display after displaying to return to the CHEC display. (End)
O.XXX (input value). (End)
If it is impossible to set the input values even If it is impossible to set the input values even
when MODE switch (1) is pressed, it displays when MODE switch (1) is pressed, it returns to
O.XXX (input value) and returns to Step 2.. Step 1.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
( l ) Operation for setting display range of external 6. Press CAL/CLR switch (4) again.
display lamps
Display: E.XXX
(present value of lamp 5)
If it is necessary to correct the dis-
play range for lamp 5, press LIGHT/
INC switch (2) and correct.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Self-diagnostic function
The controller always observes the condition of the sensors and outputs, and if any abnormality occurs,
it displays an error message.
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
Saving abnormality,
warning data (PC soft- Remarks
ware display code)
— Display timing for other
than HD1200-1: Shift
lever position N
Records
(000-011)
(000-012)
(000-013)
(000-014)
Records —
(000-018)
(000-022)
(000-023)
(000-024)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02301-00
Saving abnormality,
warning data (PC soft- Remarks
ware display code)
Records Calibration cannot be
(000-025) performed when there is
abnormality
(000-026)
(000-027)
(000-028)
Records (000-071) —
(000-073)
(000-080)
(000-081)
(000-091)
(000-092)
(000-093)
(000-094)
(000-095)
(000-096)
(000-097)
(000-098)
(000-099)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02301-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02302-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
VHMS controller
a For details of the basic precautions, outlines,
method of sending and receiving data, and the
procedure for the initial setup, see Testing and
adjusting.
Specifications
1. Voltage of power supply: DC20V - DC30V
2. Size (mm): W272 x D169 x H72
Function
The VHMS controller collects and stores signals
from each sensor and signals from the machine
controller. It also gives commands for transmitting
the accumulated data through the communications
satellite.
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
Specifications
1. Power supply voltage: DC12V – DC30V
2. Size: W306 x D152 x H52 (mm)
Installation location
Install under assistant's seat.
Connector portion
CN1A (ORB-A): AMP070-14
CN1B (ORB-B): AMP070-10
CN2: Communications antenna cable connector
Antenna
Specifications
1. Type : Helical whip antenna (1)
2. Impedance : 50 z
3. Input terminal: M-P type
4. Length : 165 ± 20 mm
a : Communications antenna mount
Installation location
Install pole at right front of machine and set
antenna on top of it.
Function
The antenna transmits the data collected and accu-
mulated by the VHMS controller through the com-
munications satellite to the computer center.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Principle of measurement
1. Outline
4. Correction on slope
If the dump truck is loaded on a slope, the
measured mass is different from the mass
measured on a level ground. To solve this
problem, the longitudinal inclination of the
dump truck is measured and the measured
mass is corrected according to the inclination
angle. (Correction range of inclination angle: ±
5°)
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
When there is not a problem in installation and wir- 4. The storage place of the data file made by the
ing of the payload meter but there are the following download software is not found.
problems, check the above setting again. a Wrong setting of the model and serial No.
1. Items related to the payload meter are not dis- with the VHMS initial setting tool.
played on the machine monitor.
5. Data cannot be downloaded.
"The payload is not displayed when the
a Wrong setting of the model, serial No.,
machine is loaded and stopped", "There are
and variation code with the VHMS initial
not the manus related to the payload meter on
setting tool.
the match marks", etc.
a Wrong setting of rotary switch 2 (SW2) of 6. Date and time of the downloaded data are
transmission controller wrong.
a Wrong setting of the date and time with
2. While the payload meter (having VHMS) is not
the VHMS initial setting tool.
set, there are the menus related to the payload
meter on the machine monitor.
a Wrong setting of rotary switch 2 (SW2) of
transmission controller
3. While the payload meter (having VHMS) is set,
the payload does not match to the lighting con-
dition of the red lamp of the outside indicator
lamps.
a Wrong setting of the model and serial No.
with the VHMS initial setting tool.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
Operating method
Select "PLM" in Service mode 1 on the machine monitor.
For method of selection, see Testing and adjusting, "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
ii) Check that measurement of the iv) Check the input value.
weight of the empty dump truck has
been completed.
q [ ] switch:
After getting ready for drive,
press this switch and start
driving the dump truck.
q [>] switch: q [ ] switch:
Number at cursor moves for- Return to the screen for input-
ward. ting values.
q [<] switch: Drive the dump truck for about 3 min-
Number at cursor moves back- utes (at a speed higher than 8 km/h)
ward. to enter the relationship between the
q [ ] switch: Enter number at cursor. weight of the dump truck and the sus-
q [ ] switch: pension pressure under that weight.
Return to the largest position
of the number to input the
value again. If this switch is
pressed again, inputting of the
value is stopped and the previ-
ous screen appears.
q Inputtable range
HD465-7:
43.6 [t] (Operating weight ± 13%)
(metric ton)
HD605-7:
46.8 [t] (Operating weight ± 13%)
(metric ton)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q [
] switch:
Stop measurement and return
to the previous screen.
As measurement is executed, the q [>], [<] switches:
number of [ ] increases. When mea- Select "EMPTY WEIGHT" or
surement is finished, the next screen "LOADED WEIGHT".
appears automatically. q [ ] switch: Enter the selection.
3) Load the dump truck to measure the q [ ] switch:
weight of the fully loaded dump truck. Return to the previous screen.
If the weight of the empty dump truck
has been input and the dump truck
has been driven for about 3 minutes,
"LOADED WEIGHT" is displayed
when the menu is selected.
Check the unit of the input value. The
unit is indicated in the ( ) on the right
side of WEIGHT.
(METRIC): metric ton
(SHORT): short ton
ii) Check that measurement of the weight
of the fully loaded dump truck has
been completed.
q [ ] switch:
Return to the menu screen.
When loading is started, the menu screen
appears automatically. When indicating
the current load for reference while the
dump truck is being loaded, go out of
"Service mode 1" temporarily and return to
"Display of load/integrated odometer". On
this screen, you can check the current
load.
4) Measure the weight of the fully loaded
dump truck with the load meter and record
it (Write it on a sheet of paper, etc.)
5) Input the measured weight of the fully q [ ] switch:
loaded dump truck and drive the dump Check that measurement has
truck for about 3 minutes. been completed and go to the
next step.
q [ ] switch:
Return to the previous screen.
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
iii) Input the measured weight of the fully v) Move the dump truck to a place where
loaded dump truck. you can drive it for about 3 minutes.
[>] switch:
q q [] switch:
Number at cursor moves for- After getting ready for drive,
ward. press this switch and start
q [<] switch: driving the dump truck.
Number at cursor moves q [ ] switch:
backward. Return to the screen for input-
q [ ] switch: Enter number at cursor. ting values.
q [ ] switch: Drive the dump truck for about 3 min-
Return to the largest position utes (at a speed higher than 8 km/h)
of the number to input the to enter the relationship between the
value again. If this switch is weight of the dump truck and the sus-
pressed again, inputting of the pension pressure under that weight.
value is stopped and the previ- vi) Display the progress of measurement
ous screen appears. (Fig. 9).
a Inputtable range
HD465-7: A1 ± (A1 x 0.25) (metric ton)
However,
A1 ={43.6 [t] (Operating weight) + 46 [t]
(Load capacity)}
HD605-7:
A2 ± (A2 x 0.25) (metric ton)
However,
A2 ={46.8 [t] (Operating weight) + 63 [t]
(Load capacity)}
iv) Check the input value.
q [] switch:
Stop measurement and return
to the previous screen.
As measurement is executed, the
number of [ ] increases. When mea-
surement is finished, the next screen
appears automatically.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6) Dump the load in the dump area. 3. Correction of level of inclination sensor
1) Move the dump truck to a level place.
2) Input the clinometer reading (F) at the cur-
rent position and that (R) after turning 180
degrees (stopping it in the opposite direc-
tion) on the same position and use the
average value as the standard level.
i) Enter value of (F).
q [ ] switch:
Return to the menu screen.
If the load is dumped with the dump lever,
the menu screen appears automatically.
If the load is dumped normally, correction
is finished.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
iv) Enter the standard level value. 4. Setting of criterion of maximum travel speed
q [<] switch: Select "YES". Input a criterion of the maximum travel speed
q [>] switch: Select "NO". by pressing the following switches.
q [ ] switch: Enter. q [>] switch:
Number at cursor moves forward.
q [<] switch:
Number at cursor moves backward.
q [ ] switch: Enter number at cursor.
q [ ] switch: Stop inputting number.
The setting range is 0 – 99 km/h (0 – 62 MPH).
(Default: 99 km/h)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
5. Setting of payload to recognize start of load- 6. Setting of indication range of outside indi-
ing cator lamps
Input a payload to recognize start of loading by Input an indication range of the outside indica-
pressing the following switches. tor lamps by pressing the following switches.
q [>] switch: q [>] switch:
Number at cursor moves forward. Number at cursor moves forward.
q [<] switch: q [<] switch:
Number at cursor moves backward. Number at cursor moves backward.
q [ ] switch: Enter number at cursor. q [ ] switch: Enter number at cursor.
q [ ] switch: Stop inputting number. q [ ] switch: Stop inputting number.
The setting range is 0 – 25.5%. a The setting range is 0 – 130% of the load
(Default: 15%) capacity.
a This function does not assure the operation Set (A) (Yellow lamp) higher than (G)
because of the contrary phenomena shown (Green lamp) and set (R) (Red lamp)
below. higher than (A) (Yellow lamp), however.
q If the value is reduced, start of loading
may be recognized wrongly.
q If the value is increased and a loader hav-
ing a small-capacity bucket is used, the
forecast function of the outside indicator
lamps and the MMS communication may
not operate normally.
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Functions of communicating with external devices for purposes other than downloading
The following 2 functions of communicating with external devices are installed. They use the RS232C com-
munication port which is installed to download the data of the payload meter.
1. Automatic transmission
When dumping is finished, the data of the concerned cycle are transmitted automatically.
The data saved in the payload meter can be made by accumulating the above cycle data with the sys-
tem on the user side.
2. MMS communication
If the mass of a bucketful is recognized, the load mass at that time is transmitted automatically.
If the final load mass (hauled load mass of the concerned cycle) is entered, its value is transmitted auto-
matically.
Upon receiving a request command, the load mass is transmitted in real time.
RS232C is used for only the selected one of data downloading, automatic transmission, and MMS communi-
cation.
q Specifications of RS232C connection
Baud rate: 9600 bps
Data length: 8 bits
Stop bit: 2 bits
Parity: Not applied
Flow control: Not executed
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
When one of 02h (STX), 03h (ETX), and 10h (DLE) is included in the data
Original frame
STX (02h) ••• STX (02h) ••• ETX (03h) BCC
Transmitted frame
STX (02h) ••• DLE (10h) STX (02h) ••• ETX (03h) BCC
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q Automatic transmission
(a) Timing of transmission
The operation data of the concerned cycle are transmitted automatically when the concerned cycle
data are entered (when dumping is finished).
(b) Contents of communication
Format (VHMS controller External device)
STX (02h) [1] ETX (03h) BCC
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
q MMS communication
Transmission of unit distinction setting
(a) Timing of transmission
After the VHMS controller is started by turning the key to the ON position, it transmits the unit dis-
tinction setting information automatically.
(b) Contents of communication
Format (VHMS controller )
STX (02h) [1] [2] ETX (03h) BCC
or
STX (02h) NAK (15h) 31H (ASCII 1) ETX (03h) BCC
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
or
STX (02h) NAK (15h) 31H (ASCII 1) ETX (03h) BCC
or
STX (02h) NAK (15h) 31H (ASCII 1) ETX (03h) BCC
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ANA 1 Unused 0
ANA 2 Unused 0
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
or
STX (02h) NAK (15h) ETX (03h) BCC
or
STX (02h) NAK (15h) ETX (03h) BCC
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sensors, switches 1
Engine speed sensor
1. Magnet Function
2. Locknut q The engine speed sensor is installed to the
3. Wiring harness ring gear of the flywheel housing. It uses the
4. Connector rotation of the gear teeth to generate a pulse
voltage and transmits a signal to the transmis-
sion controller.
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
Accelerator sensor
1. Pedal
2. Connector
Outline
Accelerator signal Idle validation signal
q This is installed under the operator’s cab. The q This is installed under the operator’s cab.
accelerator pedal and accelerator sensor are When the accelerator pedal is released, signal
connected by a link. When the accelerator 2 (No. 5 pin) is connected to the ground; when
pedal is depressed, the movement is passed the accelerator pedal is depressed, signal 3
through the link and rotates the shaft of the (No. 6 pin) is connected to the ground.
potentiometer inside the accelerator sensor. The engine controller then detects the condi-
As a result, the resistance changes. A fixed tion.
voltage is impressed between the No. 1 – 3
pins of the potentiometer. A voltage signal cor-
responding to the angle of the accelerator
pedal is sent from the No. 2 pin to the engine
controller.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Thermistor Function
2. Plug q The retarder oil temperature sensor is installed
3. Wiring harness on the retarder pipe. It converts a temperature
4. Connector change into a change of thermistor resistance,
and transmits a signal to the transmission con-
troller. The transmission controller transmits
the signal via the network to the machine mon-
itor panel, and the machine monitor panel dis-
plays a temperature level. The temperature
level displayed on the monitor panel reaches a
predetermined position, the lamp flashes and
the warning buzzer sounds.
q The steering oil temperature sensor is installed
to the steering and hoist piping. The sensor
portion detects the temperature, and when the
oil temperature goes above the specified level,
the warning lamps lights up and a message is
displayed on the character display of the mon-
itor panel.
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
1. Float Function
2. Sensor q This sensor is installed to the top of the radia-
3. Connector tor, and when the coolant level goes below the
specified level, the float goes down and the
switch goes OFF. The maintenance caution
lamp lights up and the character display shows
message to warn of abnormality.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Connector Function
2. Float q The fuel sensor is installed to the side face of
3. Arm the fuel tank. The float moves up and down
4. Body according to the fuel level. This movement of
5. Spring the float is transmitted by the arm and actuates
6. Contact a variable resistance. This sends a signal to
7. Spacer the monitor panel to indicate the remaining fuel
level. When the display of the monitor panel
reaches a certain level, a warning lamp
flashes.
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
1. Body Function
2. Tube q This sensor are installed to each filter, and
3. Connector when the filter becomes clogged, and the dif-
ference in pressure between the low-pressure
A : Low pressure pickup port side and high-pressure side reaches the speci-
B : High pressure pickup port fied pressure, the switch goes OFF. The main-
tenance caution lamp lights up and the
character display shown message to warn of
abnormality.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Indicator Function
2. Spring q The air cleaner clogging sensor is installed to
3. Adapter the outward port of the air cleaner. If the air
cleaner becomes clogged and reaches the set
pressure (negative pressure), the maintenance
caution lamp lights up and character display
shows message to warn of the abnormality.
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
1. Bearing Function
2. Brush Assembly q The body position sensor is installed to the
3. Connector rear of the chassis. When the angle of the
dump body changes, the shaft rotates through
the link installed to the dump body, and the
dump body angle is detected.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Sensor Function
2. Connector q The accumulator oil pressure sensor is
installed to the accumulator piping on the right
side of the machine and its sensor section
senses the oil pressure. If the oil pressure low-
ers below the set level, the warning lamp lights
up and the message is indicated on the char-
acter display of the monitor panel.
1. Piston Function
2. Body q The steering oil pressure switch is installed to
3. Switch the steering and hoist piping. While the engine
4. Connector is running, if the steering circuit oil pressure
lowers below the set level, the steering oil
pressure switch operates the electric pump to
secure the oil pressure for steering.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
Tilt switch
1. Magnet Function
2. Plate q If the chassis tilts to the left or right, the disc
3. Gasket magnet moves to the left or right. If the chas-
4. Print card sis tilts into the roll-over danger range, either
5. Bracket the left or right switch is turned OFF. If the
6. Plate dump lever is operated to the RAISE position
7. Plate in this condition, the lamp lights up and the
8. Plate buzzer sounds to warn of the danger.
9. Connector
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q A round disc with teeth like a comb is installed
to the steering column. As this disc passes
through the slit in the sensor, the sensor out-
puts a pulse signal. The suspension controller
can obtain the steering speed from the number
of pulses per time.
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
1. Sensor Function
2. Tube q The suspension oil pressure switch is installed
3. Connector to the suspension cylinder. If the pressure
supplied through the pressure inlet is applied
to the diaphragm of the pressure sensor sec-
tion, the diaphragm is deflected and deformed.
A bridge consisting of strain gauges is installed
on the opposite side of the diaphragm. If the
diaphragm is deflected, the resistance of the
strain gauges changes. A constant voltage is
applied to the strain gauges and the change of
the resistance of the strain gauges is sent as a
change of voltage to the amplifier. The ampli-
fier amplifies the change of the voltage and
outputs it to the controller.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Sensor
2. Tube
3. Connector
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
Clinometer (for payload meter ) Lamp drive relay (for payload meter )
To carry out compensation on slopes, the clinome- The external display lamps are driven by a signal
ter measures the tilt angle of the chassis in the from the payload meter.
front-to-rear direction.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
The engine oil temperature sensor is installed to
the engine oil filter. It inputs the change in tempera-
ture to the VHMS controller as a change in the
resistance of the thermistor.
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN02302-00
Function
The exhaust temperature sensor is a thermoelectric
type temperature sensor. It is installed to the turbo-
charger inlet port and outputs the exhaust tempera-
ture data to the VHMS controller.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02302-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02527-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
Engine SAA6D170E-5
Exhaust temperature • Whole speed range (Ambient tempera- °C Max. 680 Max. 700
ture: 20 °C)
%
At sudden Max. 25 Max. 35
• Engine coolant temper- acceleration (Bosch
(Max. 2.5) (Max. 3.5)
Exhaust gas color ature: Within operating index)
range Bosch
At high idle Max. 1.0 Max. 2.0
index
Intake valve mm 0.32 —
Valve clearance • Normal temperature
Exhaust valve mm 0.62 —
• Engine oil temperature:
Compression 40 – 60 °C Compression MPa Min. 2.94 Min. 2.1
pressure • Engine speed: pressure {kg/cm²} {Min. 30} {Min. 21}
210 – 250 rpm
• Engine coolant temperature: Within oper-
ating range
Blow-by gas pres- kPa Max. 3.43 Max. 12.94
sure • Power train oil temperature: Within oper- {mmH2O} {Max. 350} {Max. 1,320}
ating range
• When torque converter is stalling
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
20 Standard value table SEN02527-00
Engine SAA6D170E-5
Oil temperature • Whole speed range (Inside of the oil pan) °C 90 – 110 MAx. 120
—
Fan belt tension • Between drive pulley and driven pulley mm (Automatic —
adjustment)
Alternator belt and —
air conditioner com- • Between drive pulley and driven pulley mm (Automatic —
pressor belt tension adjustment)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
29.5 ± 5 % 29.5 ± 5 %
F4 • Transmission oil tempera-
Max. speed at each (27.0 ± 5 %) (27.0 ± 5 %)
ture: 60 – 80 °C km/h
gear speed 39.0 ± 5 % 39.0 ± 5 %
F5 • Mode: Power mode
(Econormy mode) (36.0 ± 5 %) (36.0 ± 5 %)
• Body: When unloaded 52.5 ± 10 % 52.5 ± 10 %
F6
• Travel resistance: 3.3 % (48.0 ± 10 %) (48.0 ± 10 %)
• Standard tire 70.0 ± 10 % 70.0 ± 10 %
F7
(63.5 ± 10 %) (63.5 ± 10 %)
12.0 ± 5 % 12.0 ± 5 %
R1
(11.0 ± 5 %) (11.0 ± 5 %)
F1 o F2
F2 o F3
Shift up
F3 o F4
(Acceleration : small)
2,070 ± 50 2,070 ± 50
F4 o F5
Accelerator full
F5 o F6
F6 o F7
F7 o F6
F6 o F5
Shift down
F5 o F4 1,400 ± 50 1,400 ± 50
F4 o F3
F3 o F2
F2 o F1 1,330 ± 35 1,330 ± 35
F1 o F2 2,070 ± 50 2,070 ± 50
F2 o F3
Shift up
F3 o F4
(Acceleration : large)
Automatic shift control
F4 o F5 1,950 ± 50 1,950 ± 50
Accelerator full
F6 o F7 range
F7 o F6 • Transmission oil tempera- rpm
F6 o F5 ture: 60 – 80 °C
Shift down
F3 o F4
Accelerator partial
F4 o F5
1,750 ± 50 1,750 ± 50
F5 o F6
F6 o F7
F7 o F6
F6 o F5
Shift down
1,200 ± 35 1,200 ± 35
F5 o F4
F4 o F3
F3 o F2 1,250 ± 35 1,250 ± 35
F2 o F1 1,330 ± 35 1,330 ± 35
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
20 Standard value table SEN02527-00
Shift up
(Acceleration : small) F3 o F4
2,070 ± 50 2,070 ± 50
F4 o F5
Accelerator full
F5 o F6
F6 o F7
F7 o F6
F6 o F5
Shift down
F5 o F4 1,350 ± 35 1,350 ± 35
F4 o F3
F3 o F2
F2 o F1 1,330 ± 35 1,330 ± 35
F1 o F2 2,070 ± 50 2,070 ± 50
F2 o F3
Shift up
F3 o F4
Economy mode (Loaded)
(Acceleration : large)
Automatic shift control
F4 o F5 1,935 ± 50 1,935 ± 50
Accelerator full
F3 o F4
Accelerator partial
F4 o F5
1,750 ± 50 1,750 ± 50
F5 o F6
F6 o F7
F7 o F6
F6 o F5
Shift down
1,200 ± 35 1,200 ± 35
F5 o F4
F4 o F3
F3 o F2 1,250 ± 35 1,250 ± 35
F2 o F1 1,330 ± 35 1,330 ± 35
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
F4 o F5 1,935 ± 50 1,935 ± 50
Accelerator full
F5 o F6
F6 o F7
F7 o F6
F6 o F5
Shift down
F5 o F4 1,300 ± 35 1,300 ± 35
F4 o F3
F3 o F2
F2 o F1 1,250 ± 35 1,250 ± 35
F1 o F2 2,000 ± 50 2,000 ± 50
Economy mode (Unloaded)
F2 o F3
Shift up
Automatic shift control
F3 o F4
(Acceleration : large)
F3 o F4
Accelerator partial
1,200 ± 35 1,200 ± 35
F5 o F4
F4 o F3
F3 o F2
1,250 ± 35 1,250 ± 35
F2 o F1
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
20 Standard value table SEN02527-00
1,200 ± 35 1,200 ± 35
F5 o F4
Automatic shift control
F4 o F3
F3 o F2 1,250 ± 35 1,250 ± 35
F2 o F1 • Engine coolant tempera- 1,550 ± 50 1,550 ± 50
Engine speed
F5 o F4
1,550 ± 50 1,550 ± 50
F4 o F3
F3 o F2
F2 o F1
F1, F2 1,300 – 1,500 1,300 – 1,500
Auto lock-up
Set
F3 – F7 1,250 – 1,500 1,250 – 1,500
F1, F2 1,100 1,100
Reset
F3 – F7 1,050 1,050
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
F3 2,560 2,560
Set F4 2,530 2,530
F5 2,510 2,510
F6 2,500 2,500
Reset F1 – F7, R 2,350 2,350
Overrun Set F1 – F7, R 2,550 2,550
Engine speed
• Engine cool-
ant tempera-
ture: Within A mode 1,910 ± 100 1,910 ± 100
operating
range
At torque
• Transmis-
converter
sion oil tem-
stall B mode 1,860 ± 100 1,860 ± 100
perature: 85
At inspection using – 110 °C
engine mode fixing • Hydraulic oil
temperature: rpm
function set of machine
monitor 45 – 55 °C
a For details, C mode 1,820 ± 100 1,820 ± 100
see Testing
and adjust-
ing, "Special
functions of
machine D mode 1,820 ± 100 1,820 ± 100
monitor
(EMMS)".
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
20 Standard value table SEN02527-00
Full
Accelerator pedal mm from ful- {kg} {6.0 (+0.5/-1.0)} {6.0 (+0.5/-1.0)}
crum of pedal Starting to
Stroke depress mm 45 ± 5 45 ± 5
o Full
RoN
Operating NoD N
Max. 29.4 {3.0} Max. 29.4 {3.0}
effort Do6 {kg}
• At center of 6o5
Gear shift lever
knob 5o4
4o3
Stroke 3o2 mm 24.5 ± 1 24.5 ± 2
2o1
Inlet oil 0.74 ± 0.05 0.74 ± 0.05
pressure {7.5 ± 0.5} {7.5 ± 0.5}
Oil pressure
• Oil temperature: 80 °C
Outlet oil MPa 0.59 ± 0.05 0.59 ± 0.05
Torque convertor • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm {kg/cm²}
pressure {6.0 ± 0.5} {6.0 ± 0.5}
(Rated speed)
Lock-up oil 1.67 ± 0.2 1.67 ± 0.2
pressure {17.0 ± 2.0} {17.0 ± 2.0}
3.68 ± 0.2 3.68 ± 0.2
oil pressure
Main relief
F1 – F3, R
{37.5 ± 2.0} {37.5 ± 2.0}
2.28 ± 0.2 2.28 ± 0.2
F4 – F7
{23.2 ± 2.0} {23.2 ± 2.0}
1.91 ± 0.2 1.91 ± 0.2
Lo cluch
{19.5 ± 2.0} {19.5 ± 2.0}
Control valve set pressure
36PR (Front,
(HD465- {4.75 ± 0.1} {4.75 ± 0.1}
rear wheel) MPa
Tire 7R) • Machine unloaded {kg/cm²}
Standard 24.00R35
0.69 ± 0.01 0.69 ± 0.01
(HD605- (Front, rear
{7.0 ± 0.1} {7.0 ± 0.1}
7R) wheel)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
• With 55 t payload
(HD465-7R)
• With 63 t payload °
Braking capacity 11.5 11.5
(HD605-7R) (degree)
Parking brake
Starting test • Torque converter stall rpm Min. 1,670 Min. 1,670
• Machine can be stopped
at standard value
MPa
Releasing pressure (See "Brake") (See "Brake")
—
{kg/cm²}
• On flat dry road surface
Front • When unloaded 249 ± 10 249 ± 20
• Dimension see Fig. 1 in
Dimension
Installed "A"
mm
length • On flat dry road surface
Suspension cylinder
• Engine stop
Play • Dimension on periphery mm Max. 135 Max. 135
of grip
Steering wheel
Num-
rotation
Engine
speed: At Max. 5.2 Max. 5.2
• Lock o Lock 750 rpm
• Steering
Time
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
20 Standard value table SEN02527-00
Steering
Operating effort
{kg} {24 ± 3.0} {24 ± 3.0}
Brake pedal
Operating effort
{kg} {30 ± 3.0} {30 ± 3.0}
brake pedal
Emergency
Cut-in pressure
• Oil temperature: {145 (+5/0)} {145 (+5/0)}
MPa
45 – 55 °C
{kg/cm²} 20.6 (+0.98/0) 20.6 (+0.98/0)
Cut-out pressure • High idle
{210 (+10/0)} {210 (+10/0)}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
tion pressure
Front: With 55 t
service brake
m
• Dry flat road
When
Braking distance with service brake
Stopping distance
when emergency • Initial speed: 32 km/h m Max. 52.1 Max. 52.1
brake is applied • With 55 t payload
(HD465-7R)
• With 63 t payload
(HD605-7R)
Servise brake • When unloaded Max. 1,870 Max. 1,870
Retarder • Concrete road
At brake • At max. brake operation Max. 1,400 Max. 1,400
Engine
brake
speed
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
20 Standard value table SEN02527-00
Operating effort
Float o Hold
crum) {Max. 3.0} {Max. 3.0}
Lever must Lever must
Lower o
reset itself reset itself
Float
automatically automatically
Float o Max. 29.4 Max. 29.4
Lower {Max. 3.0} {Max. 3.0}
Raise o Hold 23.5 ± 1 23.5 ± 1
Operating
Operating
Hold o Float
angle
angle
° 10.5 ± 1 10.5 ± 1
—
(degree)
Lower o
13.0 ± 1 13.0 ± 1
Float
Relief 20.1 – 21.1 19.6 – 22.6
Oil pressure
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02527-00 20 Standard value table
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02528-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
-101 – 200 kPa
799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit 1
Testing intake air pressure {-760 – 1,500 mmHg}
A
(boost pressure) I-shaped coupler type
799-401-2220 Hose 1
(when necessary)
799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 -99.9 – 1,299 °C
Testing exhaust
B 6215-11-8171 Sensor 1 Wire length: 490 mm
temperature
799-201-1110 Wiring harness 1
1 799-201-9001 Handy smoke checker 1
Testing exhaust color C Commercially Bosch index: 0 – 9
2 Smoke meter 1
available
Commercially Intake: 0.32 mm
Adjusting valve clearance D Thickness gauge 1
available Exhaust: 0.62 mm
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge 1 0 – 7 MPa {0 – 70 kg/cm²}
795-611-1220 Adapter 1
Testing compression 2
E 6261-71-6150 Gasket 1
pressure
795-799-5410 Adapter 1
3
795-799-5420 Remover 1
Testing blow-by pressure F 1 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 1 0 – 5 kPa {0 – 500 mmH2O}
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm²}
Pressure gauge:
Testing engine oil 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
G 58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm²}
pressure
Pressure gauge:
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm²}
799-101-5230 Nipple 1 14 × 1.5 mm
3
6215-81-7920 O-ring 1
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm²}
Pressure gauge:
Testing fuel pressure H 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
60 MPa {600 kg/cm²}
2 795-471-1450 Adapter 1
Pressure gauge:
3 799-401-2320 Gauge 1
1 MPa {10 kg/cm²}
1 6167-11-6640 Spacer 1 Inside diameter: 10 mm
2 6206-71-1770 Joint 1 Inside diameter of joint: 10 mm
Commercially
3 Hose 1 ø5 mm × 2 – 3 m
Measurement of leakage available
through pressure limiter Commercially
J 4 Hose 1 ø15 mm × 2 – 3 m
and return rate from available
injector
Commercially
5 Measuring cylinder 1
available
Commercially
6 Stopwatch 1
available
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
Pressure gauge:
Oil pressure gauge KIT
799-101-5002 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
(Analog)
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm²}
Testing power train oil Oil pressure gauge KIT Pressure gauge:
pressure 790-261-1204 1
(Digital) 60 MPa {600 kg/cm²}
799-101-5220 Nipple 1
2 M10 × 1.25
07002-11023 O-ring 1
Pressure gauge:
Oil pressure gauge KIT
799-101-5002 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
(Analog)
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm²}
Testing brake oil pressure
Oil pressure gauge KIT Pressure gauge:
799-261-1204 1
(Digital) 60 MPa {600 kg/cm²}
3 566-35-43561 Nipple 1 18 × 1.5 (Female: PT 1/8)
K Pressure gauge:
Oil pressure gauge KIT
799-101-5002 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
Testing steering/hoist oil (Analog)
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm²}
pressure circuit
Oil pressure gauge KIT Pressure gauge:
790-261-1204 1
(Digital) 60 MPa {600 kg/cm²}
Pressure gauge:
Oil pressure gauge KIT
799-101-5002 1 2.5, 6, 40, 60 MPa
(Analog)
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm²}
Oil pressure gauge KIT Pressure gauge:
Testing dump EPC oil 790-261-1204 1
(Digital) 60 MPa {600 kg/cm²}
pressure circuit
4 799-101-5230 Nipple 1 14 × 1.5
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
1 792-610-1700 Gas charge tool 1
792-610-1310 Nipple (For Russia) GOST
792-610-1320 Nipple (For USA) CGA No. 351
ASA
792-610-1330 Nipple (For USA)
Gas pressure check and B-571-1965
P
filling of the accumulator 2 1 DIN 477-1963
NEN 3268-1966
792-610-1350 Nipple (For Germany)
SIS-SMS
2235/2238
BS341
792-610-1360 Nipple (For UK)
Part 1-1962
Testing coolant tempera-
– 799-101-1502 Digital temperature gauge 1 -99. 9 – 1,299 °C
ture and oil temperature
Testing lever and padal – 79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 300 N {0 – 30 kg}
operating effort and pedal
effort – 79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 500 N {0 – 50 kg}
M Plug
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Preparation work
Turn the starting switch ON and set the
machine monitor (EMMS) in the "Monitoring
function of service mode" to prepare for testing
of the engine speed.
q Monitoring system: ENGINE
q Monitoring code: 01002 (ENG SPEED)
a For the operating method, see "Special
functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
(Method with testing instruments) 6. After completing the testing, rermove the test-
1. Open the engine hood. ing equipment and set to the original condition.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Testing with handy smoke checker C1 3) Connect the probe hose, plug of the accel-
1) Raise the body and fix it with the lock pin erator switch, and air hose to smoke
securely. meter C2.
2) Attach a sheet of filter paper to handy a Restrict the supplied air pressure
smoke checker C1. below 1.5 MPa {15 kg/cm²}.
3) Insert the exhaust gas intake pipe in 4) Connect the power cable to the power
exhaust pipe (1). source.
4) Start the engine and raise the temperature a Before connecting the cable, check
of the engine to the operating range. that the power switch of the smoke
5) As increasing the engine speed rapidly or meter is turned off.
running it at high idle, operate the handle 5) Loosen the cap nut of the suction pump
of handy smoke checker C1 so that the fil- and fit the filter paper.
ter paper absorbs the exhaust gas. a Fit the filter paper securely so that the
exhaust gas does not leak.
6) Turn on the power switch of smoke meter
C2.
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing of compression pressure1 6. Remove holder (8), adapter and injector (9).
a Testing instrument
Symbol Part No. Part name
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge
795-611-1220 Adapter
2
E 6261-71-6150 Gasket
795-799-5410 Adapter
3
795-799-5420 Remover
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
Testing blow-by pressure 1 a After completing the testing, run the en-
gine at low idle, then return the gearshift
a Testing instrument lever to the N position.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing of fuel pressure 1 5. Run the engine and test the fuel pressure at
high idle.
a Testing instrument a If the fuel pressure is in the following stan-
dard range, it is normal.
Symbol Part number Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester Engine speed Fuel pressure
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester Min. 0.15 MPa
H High idle
2 795-471-1450 Adapter {1.5 kg/cm²}
3 799-401-2320 Gauge
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
2. Testing of leakage from pressure limiter 4) After the engine speed is stabilized, mea-
1) Lay test hose J3 so that it will not slacken sure the return rate in 1 minute with mea-
and put its end in the oil pan. suring cylinder J5.
2) Referring to "Testing of engine speed", a You may measure for 20 seconds and
prepare for testing of the engine speed. judge by multiplying the result by 3.
3) Start the engine and keep its speed to a If the supply pump is not supplying
rated speed. fuel, the engine speed may not rise.
In this case, record the engine speed,
4) After the engine speed is stabilized, mea-
too, during the measurement.
sure the leakage in 1 minute with measur-
a If the return rate (spill) from the injec-
ing cylinder J5.
tor is in the following standard range,
a You may measure for 20 seconds and
it is normal.
judge by multiplying the result by 3.
a If the leakage from the pressure lim- Rated output speed Limit of return rate
iter is in the following standard range, (rpm) (spill) (cc/min)
it is normal. 1,600 960
Measurement Leakage 1,700 1,020
condition (cc/min) 1,800 1,080
Rated speed Max. 10 1,900 1,140
2,000 1,200
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Bleeding air from fuel circuit 1 a The electric priming pump has a timer in it
to start and stop itself automatically (See
a Bleed air from the fuel circuit in the following the following figure).
cases according to this procedure. a The electric priming pump stops while the
q When the fuel filter is replaced lamp is blinking. This phenomenon is not
q When fuel is used up abnormal, however.
q When the engine is started for the first a If the switch is turned to the "OFF" position
time after the fuel piping or supply pump is while the lamp is blinking, the lamp goes
replaced off and the electric priming pump stops.
k While the electric priming pump is op-
a If the fuel filters were replaced, do not fill the
main filter and prefilter with the fuel. erating, pressure is applied to the fuel
circuit. Do not loosen the air bleeding
plug at this time, since the fuel may
1. Turn the starting switch to the "OFF" position.
spout out.
2. Check that the fuel valve on the fuel tank side
is open.
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
8. Turn lever (1) of the air bleeding piping to the Testing the fuel circuit for leakage1
vertical position to close the fuel circuit valve.
k Very high pressure is generated in the high-
pressure circuit of the fuel system. If fuel
leaks while the engine is running, it is dan-
gerous since it can catch fire.
a After testing the fuel system or removing and
installing its components, check for fuel leak-
age according to the following procedure.
10. If the engine does not start, try to start it again 5. Check the fuel piping and the devices for fuel
according to the following procedure. leakage.
k When starting the engine, check that there
a Check the high-pressure circuit parts con-
is no person around it. centrating on the areas coated with the
a Carry out the work with the air bleeding color checker, for fuel leakage.
valve closed. (Do not open the air bleed- a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
ing valve after step 7.) and test again from step 1.
a After the engine fails to start, wait for
about 2 minutes before trying to start 6. Run the engine at high idle.
again.
7. Check the fuel piping and the components for
1) Turn the electric priming pump switch ON.
fuel leakage.
2) While the electric priming pump is operat- a Check the high-pressure circuit parts con-
ing, crank the engine. centration on the areas coated with the
q If the engine does not start, repeat the color checker, for fuel leakage.
above operation. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
a Do not operate the starting motor continu- and test again from step 1.
ously for more than 20 seconds.
a If the engine fails to start, wait for about 2 8. While keeping the engine speed at high idle,
minutes and try to start again. apply a load to the engine by stalling the
3) After starting the engine, run it at low idle torque converter or relieving the oil from the
for about 5 minutes to bleed all air from hydraulic pump.
the fuel circuit.
4) Stop the engine and check that the air 9. Check the fuel piping and the components for
bleeding valve is closed. fuel leakage.
5) After the above operation, start the engine a Check the high-pressure circuit parts con-
normally. centrating on the areas coated with the
color checker, for fuel leakage.
a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
and test again from step 1.
a If any fuel leakage is not detected, inspec-
tion is completed.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Replacing and adjusting of fan 6. After tension pulley (7) moves in, replace fan
belts (8).
belt 1
a The fan belt tension usually does not need to
be adjusted, since the auto-tensioner is
installed.
a The procedures for replacing the belt and
adjusting the auto-tensioner after replacing the
belt are described here.
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02528-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02528-00 30 Testing and adjusting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02529-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
Testing torque converter stall 4. Depress the accelerator pedal gradually, run
the engine at high idle and stall the torque con-
speed 1 verter to raise the torque converter oil temper-
k Stop the machine on the level ground, turn ature.
the parking brake switch PARKING, and set
k If the torque converter is stalled while
chocks to the tires.
the gear shift indicator is indicating
"F1", the inside of the transmission
1. Turn the starting switch ON and set the monitor
may be broken. Accordingly, when
panel to the real-time monitoring function
stalling the torque converter, seat the
(REAL-TIME MONITOR) of the service mode.
body securely and check that the body
q Monitoring functions: 2 ITEMS
pilot lamp is turned OFF, and then set
q Monitoring code 1: 01002 (ENG SPEED)
the gearshift lever in the D position and
q Monitoring code 2: 30100 (T/C OIL TEMP)
check that the gearshift indicator is
a For the operation method, see "Special
indicating "F2".
functions of machine monitor".
5. When the torque converter oil temperature
goes above 90 °C, run the engine immediately
at low idle and return the gear shift lever to the
N position.
k Never operate the gear shift lever with
the accelerator pedal depressed. Oth-
erwise it may create a large shock and
may also become the cause of shorten-
ing the machine's service life.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
k Stop the machine on a flat place, turn the Items related to torque converter
parking brake switch to the "PARK" posi-
tion and lock the tires with chocks. 2. Testing of torque converter inlet pressure
k When the body is raised, fix it with the lock 1) Raise the body and fix it with the lock pin.
pin securely. 2) Referring to "Testing of main relief pres-
k When removing and installing a plug or an sure", check that there is no abnormality.
oil pressure gauge from/to the measuring 3) Remove plug (2), install nipple K2 and
hole, stop the engine. connect oil pressure gauge [1] (2.45 MPa
k When removing and installing a plug or a {25 kg/cm²}) of hydraulic tester K1 by
testing instrument, stop the engine and hose [2].
wait until the oil temperature lowers thor-
oughly.
k When testing the oil pressure during travel,
secure a wide travel area and take extreme
care of the safety around the machine.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
3. Testing of torque converter outlet pressure 4. Testing of torque converter lockup clutch
1) Raise the body and fix it with the lock pin. pressure
2) Referring to "Testing of main relief pres- 1) Raise the body and fix it with the lock pin.
sure", check that there is no abnormality. 2) Remove plug (4), install nipple K2 and
3) Remove plug (3), install nipple K2 and connect oil pressure gauge [1] (5.9 MPa
connect oil pressure gauge [1] (2.45 MPa {60 kg/cm²}) of hydraulic tester K1 by
{25 kg/cm²}) of hydraulic tester K1 by hose [2].
hose [2].
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
Q R w q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
3) Lower the dump body and set to the origi- 3) Lower the dump body and set to the origi-
nal condition. nal condition.
4) Start the engine and raise the temperature
4) Start the engine and raise the temperature
of the torque converter oil to the operating
of the torque converter oil to the operating
range.
range.
5) Turn the parking brake switch OFF, de-
5) Turn the parking brake switch OFF, de-
press the parking brake pedal, then set
press the parking brake pedal, then set
the gearshift lever to position "L".
the gearshift lever to position "3".
6) Release the brake and test the oil pres-
6) Release the brake, travel at high idle, and sure when traveling at high idle.
test the oil pressure when the gear shift
indicator shows "F3". k In F1, a maximum travel speed of
approx. 11.5 km/h is reached, so
k In F3, a maximum travel speed of check carefully that the surround-
approx. 21.5 km/h is reached, so ing area is safe.
check carefully that the surround-
ing area is safe. 7) After completing the testing, remove the
testing equipment and set to the original
7) After completing the measurement, re- condition.
move the testing equipment and set to the
original condition.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
8. Testing transmission 2nd clutch and pilot 9. Testing transmission 3rd clutch and pilot
pressure pressure
1) Raise the body and fix it with the lock pin. 1) Raise the body and fix it with the lock pin.
2) Remove plug (8), install nipple K2 and 2) Remove plug (9), install nipple K2 and
connect oil pressure gauge [1] (5.9 MPa connect oil pressure gauge [1] (5.9 MPa
{60 kg/cm²}) of hydraulic tester K1 by {60 kg/cm²}) of hydraulic tester K1 by
hose [2]. hose [2].
3) Lower the dump body and set to the origi- 3) Lower the dump body and set to the origi-
nal condition. nal condition.
4) Start the engine and raise the temperature 4) Start the engine and raise the temperature
of the torque converter oil to the operating of the torque converter oil to the operating
range. range.
5) Turn the parking brake switch OFF de- 5) Turn the parking brake switch OFF, de-
press the parking brake pedal, then set press the parking brake pedal, then set
the gearshift lever to position 2. the gearshift lever to position "4".
6) Release the brake, travel at high idle, and
6) Release the brake, travel at high idle, and
test the oil pressure when the gear shift
test the oil pressure when the gear shift
indicator shows "F4".
indicator shows "F2".
k
k
In F4, a maximum travel speed of
In F2, a maximum travel speed of
approx. 29.5 km/h is reached, so
approx. 16.0 km/h is reached, so
check carefully that the surround-
check carefully that the surround-
ing area is safe.
ing area is safe.
7) After completing the testing, remove the
7) After completing the testing, remove the
testing equipment and set to the original
testing equipment and set to the original
condition.
condition.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
3) Lower the dump body and set to the origi- 3) Lower the dump body and set to the origi-
nal condition. nal condition.
4) Start the engine and raise the temperature 4) Start the engine and raise the temperature
of the torque converter oil to the operating of the torque converter oil to the operating
range. range.
5) Turn the parking brake switch OFF, de- 5) Turn the parking brake switch OFF, de-
press the parking brake pedal, then set press the parking brake pedal, then set
the gearshift lever to position "6". the gearshift lever to position "R".
6) Release the brake and test the oil pres-
6) Release the brake, travel at high idle, and
sure when traveling at high idle.
test the oil pressure when the gear shift
indicator shows "F6". k In R, a maximum travel speed of
k
approx. 12.0 km/h is reached, so
In F6, a maximum travel speed of
check carefully that the surround-
approx. 52.5 km/h is reached, so
ing area is safe.
check carefully that the surround-
ing area is safe. 7) After completing the testing, remove the
testing equipment and set to the original
7) After completing the testing, remove the
condition.
testing equipment and set to the original
condition.
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
a Adjust the 3 speed sensors installed to the 3. Secure sensor (1) with lock nut (3).
transmission according to the following proce- 3 Lock nut: 49.0 – 68.6 Nm {5 – 7 kgm}
dure.
a Adjust all of the 3 speed sensors similarly.
(N1): Input shaft speed sensor
(N2): Intermediate shaft speed sensor
(N3): Output shaft speed sensor
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting brake oil 4) Test the cut-out pressure at high idle.
Read the ACC oil pressure (front or
pressure 1 q
rear) when it stops rising at the high-
a Testing instrument est point after the cut-in pressure.
Symbol Part No. Part name
(Testing with diagnosing devices)
799-101-5002 Analog hydraulic meter
K1 1) Stop the engine and remove plug (4) (18, P:
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic meter 1.5). Connect nipple K3 and hose [1] and
K3 566-35-43561 Nipple install oil pressure gauge K1 (Oil pressure
gauge: 39.2 MPa {400 kg/cm²}).
k Stop the machine on the level ground, turn
the parking brake switch PARKING, and set
chocks to the tires.
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting
Adjusting charge valve cut-in pressure and cut-
out pressure
a If the charge valve cut-in pressure or cut-out
pressure is not normal, adjust the R1 relief
valve of charge valve (4) according to the fol-
lowing procedures.
a Both cut-in pressure and cut-out pressure
change by adjusting the R1 relief valve.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
4. Turn handle (a) of gas charge tool P1 to the left 3. Connect gas charge tool P1 and nitrogen gas
and read the gauge. cylinder (c) to valve (4) of accumulator (1)
a Since the indicated value varies with the according to the following procedure.
ambient temperature, correct it by the fol- 1) Turn handle (a) of gas charge tool P1 to
lowing formula. (The unit of each value in the left until it stops.
the formula is °C.) 2) Turn handle (b) to the left to open.
Indicated gas pressure = 3) Connect gas charge tool P1 to valve (4) of
Standard gas pressure x ((273 + t)/ accumulator (1).
(273 + 20))
4) Connect gas charge tool P1 and nitrogen
Standard gas pressure =
gas cylinder (c).
Indicated gas pressure/((273 + t)/
q There are 2 types of threads of nitro-
(273 + 20))
gen gas cylinders, W22-14 thread
t = Gas temperature at time of charge (°C)
(mail screw, type A) and W23-14
Reference: t may be assumed to be ambi-
thread (female screw, type B). When
ent temperature.
using a gas cylinder of W23-14 thread
(female screw, type B), connect the
5. If the gas pressure is too high or too low, adjust hose by using the adapter. (The
it referring to "Procedure for charging accumu- adapter is attached to gas charge tool
lator with nitrogen gas". P1.) [For Japan]
a Each time the pressure is measured, some q Use nipple P2 to connect the hose,
nitrogen gas is discharged and the pres- depending on the specification of the
sure lowers. Add nitrogen gas by the loss. nitrogen gas cylinder. [For overseas]
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Rear brake
a Bleed air from the slack adjuster side first
and then bleed from the wheel brake side. 2. Parking brake
1) Using a vinyl tube for bleeding air, depress a Bleed air from the differential top block
the brake pedal and loosen air bleeder side first, then bleed air from the wheel
screw (1) or (2) by 3/4 turns. Keep de- brake side.
pressing the brake pedal until bubbles do 1) Using a vinyl tube for bleeding air, turn
not come out of the bleeder any more. OFF the parking brake switch (release the
When bubbles do not come out any more, parking brake) and loosen air bleeder
tighten (close) the bleeder and release the screw (4) by 3/4 turns.
pedal. 2) When bubbles do not come out of the
2) Pull the retarder control lever and loosen bleeder any more, tighten (close) the
air bleeder screw (1) or (2) by 3/4 turns. bleeder and turn PARKING the parking
Keep pulling the retarder control lever until brake switch.
bubbles do not come out of the bleeder 3) Bleed air from bleeder (5) on the wheel
any more. When bubbles do not come out side similarly to step 1) above.
any more, tighten (close) the bleeder and a After finishing bleeding air, tighten
release the retarder control lever. (close) the bleeder and put the cap.
3. Front brake
a Check that the front brake OFF switch is
turned OFF.
1) Loosen air bleeder (6) by 3/4 turns and
bleed air similarly to step 1) for the rear
brake.
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
1. Visual check
Visually check pad (1) for wear. If it is worn to
the end of wear limit line (a), replace it.
a The figure shows the left side as an exam-
ple.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
Method of releasing parking brake 3. After moving the machine, remove the parking
brake manual reset bolts and install plugs (1).
in an emergency 1 3 Tightening torque for plug:
a If the parking brake cannot be released be- 44.1 – 53.9 Nm {4.5 – 5.5 kgm}
cause of a trouble in its electric or hydraulic
system, release it tentatively according to the
following procedure.
k If the hydraulic system has a trouble, the
wheel brake probably does not work nor-
mally. Accordingly, be sure to tow the
machine at low speed after releasing the
parking brake.
k When releasing the parking brake, stop the
machine on a level place and make sure of
the safety around it. If it is obliged to
release the parking brake on a slope in an
emergency, put chocks under the tires
securely.
k When releasing the parking brake, stop the
engine.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
4) Operate the hydraulic jack so that dimen- 7) After completion of supplying the oil, re-
sion (a) of the cylinder is the specified move the volume pump, then install feed
dimension for the oil level. valve (3).
Dimension (a): 79 ± 3 mm 3 Tightening torque of feed valve:
39.2 – 49.0 Nm {4 – 5 kgm}
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
5. Adjusting installed length of cylinder a If there is any leakage of gas from the
a Carry out adjustment of the installed valve core, use tool [3] and replace
length of the cylinder with the machine the valve core.
unloaded and on level ground.
1) Drive the machine forward about 15 m
and stop it sharply and then drive it in
reverse and stop it sharply at the former
position. Repeat this cycle 3 - 4 times and
then stop the machine slowly without
depressing the brake pedal to eliminate
the sliding resistance of the cylinder (drag-
ging of the packing and bushing). Under
this condition, measure the installed
length.
a Do not use the foot brake but use the
retarder control lever to stop the
machine. After the machine stops, Note: 1. Check after replacement of oil or gas
check that the suspension is in the When the machine operates after the oil or
soft mode. gas is replaced, gas is dissolved in the
2) If the result of the check shows that the new oil in the replaced cylinder until the oil
installed length is too long, release nitro- is saturated. As a result, the gas volume
gen gas to adjust the length. is reduced and the installed length of the
a Loosen the valve (1) slightly to suspension may be reduced to below the
release the nitrogen gas. When limit. Accordingly, measure the installed
doi ng this, r eleas e only a smal l length of the suspension again 48 hours
amount of gas; do not make the cylin- after the oil or gas is replaced. If it is less
der move. than the specification value, adjust the
a If the nitrogen gas is bled so much gas.
that the cylinder will move, the in-
stalled length may be less than the 2. Checking for changes in installed
specified length. length caused by variation in ambient
a Do not press the tip of the valve core. temperature.
If the tip of the valve core is pressed, Depending on the ambient temperature
the valve core may be damaged. when the machine is working, the gas in
3) After releasing nitrogen gas and adjusting the suspension may expand or contract,
the installed length, repeat Step 1) to so the installed length will also change. In
check the installed length again. the operating sites where there are big dif-
4) Repeat the above Steps 1) – 3) to adjust ferences in temperature throughout the
the cylinder to the specified length. year, inspect daily and adjust to keep the
5) Finally, check that there is no leakage of installed length within the specified range.
gas from the valve core (6), valve (1), and
piston rod gland.
a Use soapy water to check for leakage
of gas.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6) Fully turn handle L10a of L10 counter- the packing and bushing). Under this con-
clockwise, loosen air bleeding plug L7a of dition, measure the installed length.
valve L7, release the gas inside the hose, a Do not use the foot brake when brak-
then remove tool L. ing the machine. Use the retarder
a Be careful not to lose the O-ring of the control lever to brake, the machine,
feed valve. then check that the suspension is in
the soft mode.
2) If the result of the check shows that the
installed length is too long, release nitro-
gen gas to adjust the length.
a Loosen the valve slightly to release
the nitrogen gas. When doing this,
release only a small amount of gas;
do not make the cylinder move.
a If the nitrogen gas is bled so much
t h at t he c y l i n d e r wi l l m o v e , t h e
installed length may be less than the
specified length.
a Do not press the tip of the valve core.
If the tip of the valve core is pressed,
the valve core may be damaged.
3) After releasing nitrogen gas and adjusting
the installed length, repeat Step 1) to
check the installed length again.
4) Repeat the above Steps 1) – 3) to adjust
the cylinder to the specified length.
5) Finally, check that there is no leakage of
gas from the valve core (6), valve, and pis-
ton rod gland.
a Use soapy water to check for leakage
of gas.
a If the gas leaks through the valve
core, replace the valve core with tool
[3].
2 Valve core: Adhesive
3 Valve core:
16.7 – 34.3 Nm {1.7 – 3.5 kgm}
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2. Adjusting
1) Remove mounting bolt (2) of hydraulic cyl-
inder (1) and disconnect hydraulic cylinder
(1).
2) Loosen locknut (3) and adjust mounting
length (a) with rod end. 5) Check that the hole of bracket (5) is in the
a Specified length (a): 352 ± 1 mm slit (part (e)) in modes Soft and Medium.
3) Install (Return) hydraulic cylinder (1) with
mounting bolt (2).
4) Turn the starting switch to the ON position
and shift the hoist lever from the FLOAT
position to another position and check that
length (a) of hydraulic cylinder (1) is not (is
longer minimum) 352 ± 1 mm.
(Reference)
q (b) in hard mode: 383 ± 1 mm
q (d) in medium mode: 414 ± 1 mm
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting oil pressure 1) Disconnect EPC hose (3) or (4) to be mea-
sured.
in dump EPC circuit 1 (3): Dump raise side (Port PB)
a Testing instrument (4): Dump lower side (Port PA)
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Procedure for raising dump body 4. When lowering the dump body, remove plug
(2) and tighten tool M slowly.
in emergency 1
k When performing this procedure, be
a Testing instrument sure not to go under the dump body
but stand on the ground.
Symbol Part No. Part name
a The dump body lowers by itself. Keep it at
M 792T-491-1110 Plug safe lowering speed by adjusting the tight-
ening depth tool M.
a If the dump body cannot be raised because of
a failure in the controller or electric system, 5. After the dump body lowers completely, re-
raise it to dump the load according to the fol- move tool M and install plug (2).
lowing procedure. 3 Tightening torque of plug:
44.1 – 53.9 Nm {4.5 – 5.5 kgm}
1. Stop the engine and remove the hydraulic tank
cap to release the residual pressure from the
hoist circuit.
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
3. Caribrating system
k Stop the machine on the level ground,
turn the parking brake switch PARK-
ING, and set chocks to the tires.
a Hydraulic oil temperature: 80 – 90 °C
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
1. When any problem occurs in the engine control system and the engine cannot be started
a Decide the escape method according to the following flowchart.
a Refer to "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)" for the method of checking the failure
code.
Note: If the engine cannot be started and the machine is towed, release the parking brake temporarily refer-
ring to "Method for emergency release of parking brake", since it cannot be released by operating the
switch.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2. When transmission control system has a trouble and machine cannot start
a Check the failure code and select a proper escape procedure from the following table.
a For the method of checking the failure code, see "Special functions of machine monitor".
Occurrence condition 6
15SEMA Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F2, R: R Gear speed is kept fixed and
gear is not shifted from fixed
15SFL1 Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F2 gear after machine restarts.
If lever is set to N position,
15SFMA Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F1, R: R gear is set in neutral but can-
not be shifted any more.
15SGL1 Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F4
Occurrence condition 7
15SGMA Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F2, R: R Proper clutch for travel is
used and gear speed is
fixed. If there is not proper
15SHL1 Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F6 clutch, gear is set in neutral.
If lever is set to N position,
15SHMA Occurrence condition7 Escape procedure1 D – L: F2, R: R gear is set in neutral.
15SJMA Occurrence condition1 Escape procedure1 D – L: F2, R: R Note 1
Even if trouble disappears,
If display becomes normal, machine gear is kept in neutral until
DAQ0KK Occurrence condition1 Escape procedure5 lever is set to N position
can travel normally (Note 1).
once.
If display becomes normal, machine
DAQ2KK Occurrence condition1 Escape procedure4
can travel normally (Note 1).
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Escape procedure 1:
1. Stop traveling and return the gearshift lever to
the "N" position.
2. Operate the gearshift lever again and move
the machine off.
a When operating the gearshift lever, release
the accelerator pedal.
a N o D – L or N o R
Escape procedure 2:
Tow the machine.
a If the engine cannot be started and the machine
is towed, the parking brake cannot be released
by operating the switch, so carry out the opera-
tion to release it temporarily. For details, see
"Method for emergency release of parking
brake".
Escape procedure 3:
1. Stop traveling and return the gearshift lever to
the "N" position.
2. Connect and disconnect emergency escape
connectors A1 (female) and A2 (male), and
switch to the emergency escape mode.
a Connectors A1 and A2 are installed to
near the fuse box.
a Connect and disconnect the connectors
with the starting switch at ON or with the
engine started.
3. Operate the gearshift lever again and move
the machine off.
a When operating the gearshift lever, release
the accelerator pedal.
a N o D – L or N o R
a The emergency escape mode is main-
tained until the starting switch is turned
OFF.
Escape procedure 4:
Check the circuit breaker and fuse. If they are nor-
mal, replace the transmission controller.
q Circuit breaker: No. 64 "FUB2" No. 65 (80 A)
q Fuse: BT3-No. 14 (10 A)
Escape procedure 5:
Check the circuit breaker and fuse. If they are nor-
mal, replace the transmission controller.
q Circuit breaker: "FUA2" (30 A)
q Fuse: BT2-No. 18 (10 A)
Escape procedure 6:
Check the model selection setting. If it is normal,
see adjustment of transmission controller.
Escape procedure 7:
Check the fuse. If it is normal, replace the gearshift
lever.
q Fuse: BT3-No. 14 (10 A)
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02529-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02529-00 30 Testing and adjusting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02530-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
a As for the use of the service menu, 3. Selecting and setting of model
besides model selection function, 1) When pressing the [>] switch or [<] switch
option selection function, and filter in the model selection setting screen, the
and oil replacement time setting func- model which can be set is displayed end-
tion (part of function), refer to the sec- lessly in the order shown in the below
tion of "Special function of machine table, so select the applied model.
monitor". q [>] switch: To proceed to next model
a [<] switch: To return to previous model
*
In the " " part, the model presently
set is displayed.
q
a Displayed model:
a Even if the model presently set is cor- Display Model
rect, be sure to carry out the setting
HD785 HD785-7
newly.
HD605 HD605-7E0, HD605-7R
HD465 HD465-7E0, HD465-7R
HD405 HD405-7
HD325 HD325-7
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
2) After selecting the optional selection func- a Perform after checking that the model has
tion, press [U] switch for longer than 5 been set.
seconds and display the setting screen for a Always check all the items.
the optional item selection. a Settle the first item by pressing the [U] switch
q [U]: Conduct the service menu. twice, even if the current setting is correct (to
a Press [U] switch for longer than 5 transmit the information to the other control-
seconds, otherwise it will not change lers).
to optional item selection screen. a After setting, be sure to turn the starting switch
a The setting status of that optional OFF and wait for 15 seconds to settle the
item is displayed at the left of the memory of each controller.
lower row.
q ADD: Option is set. 3. Setting of ARSC (02: ARSC)
q NO ADD: Option is not set. 1) While the optional item selection screen is
displayed, select ARSC (02: ARSC).
a The current setting condition is dis-
played on the left side of the lower
line.
q ADD: ARSC is set.
q NO ADD: ARSC is not set.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2) Check the installation condition of ASR 2) Check the installation condition of ABS
and setting condition on the screen and and setting condition on the screen and
press the [U] switch to settle the setting. press the [U] switch to settle the setting.
q [U]: Change setting (Display chang- q [U]: Change setting (Display chang-
es). es).
q [ t]: Return to optional item selection q [t ]: Return to optional item selection
screen. screen.
q ADD: Set option. q ADD: Set option.
q NO ADD: Set no option. q NO ADD: Set no option.
a If the setting is settled with the [U] a If the setting is settled with the [U]
switch, it is effective even after this switch, it is effective even after this
screen is turned OFF. screen is turned OFF.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
8. Setting of tire size compensation (12: TIRE 9. Setting of inclinometer (13: INCLINOMET.)
SIZE) 1) While the optional item selection screen is
1) Select the tire size compensation (12: displayed, select the inclinometer (13:
TIRE SIZE) in the option item selection INCLINOMET.).
screen. a The current setting condition is dis-
a The present compensation value is played on the left side of the lower
displayed at the left of the lower row. line.
***%: Rate of change from standard q ADD: Inclinometer is set.
tire q NO ADD: Inclinometer is not set.
2) For changing the compensation value, 2) Check the installation condition of the
press the [U] switch to display the com- inclinometer and setting condition on the
pensation value input screen. screen and press the [U] switch to settle
q [U]: To change compensation value. the setting.
3) After displaying the compensation value q [U]: Change setting
input screen, operate each of the switches (Display changes).
[>], [<], [U] and [t] to input the compen- q [t ]: Return to optional item selection
sation value directly. screen.
q [ > ]: To switch the cursor symbol (+/-); q ADD: Set option.
To increase number. q NO ADD: Set no option.
q [ < ] :To switch the cursor symbol (+/-); a If the setting is settled with the [U]
To decrease number. switch, it is effective even after this
q [U]: To determine compensation val- screen is turned OFF.
ue.
q [ t]: Cursor moves to left end / To re-
turn to optional item selection
screen.
a The compensation value at the plant
before shipment is [+/- 00%] (In case
of inputting 00, +/- does not matter.)
a The compensation value can be input
within the range of [-10 % – +10 %].
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
10. Setting of front brake cut (14: F BRAKE CUT.) 11. Setting of maintenance sensor (19: SENSOR.)
1) While the optional item selection screen is 1) While the optional item selection screen is
displayed, select the front brake cut (14: F displayed, select themaintenance sensor
BRAKE CUT.). (19: SENSOR.).
a The current setting condition is dis- a The current setting condition is dis-
played on the left side of the lower played on the left side of the lower
line. line.
q ADD: Front brake cut is set. q ADD: Maintenance sensor is set.
q NO ADD: Front brake cut is not set. q NO ADD: Maintenance sensor is not
set.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
12. Storing data in controller 1-3. OFF setting of maintenance monitor (corro-
1) Check that the setting for all items has sion resistor)
been completed in the sub menu screen 1. Switching to service mode
for the optional item selection function. Switch to the service mode by referring to "1-1.
2) Turn the starting switch OFF and keep Setting of model selection".
that condition for longer than 15 seconds.
a Unless the starting switch is turned off 2. Selecting and carrying out service menu
for longer than 15 seconds, the new 1) Select the filter and oil replacement time
data is not memorized in the controller. setting function (MAINTENANCE MONI-
3) Turn the starting switch ON again. TO R) in the service menu selection
a After this operation the option setting screen referring to "1-1. Setting of model
becomes effective. selection".
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
*1: PLM (payload meter) display function when 19 Manual snapshot function
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
Service mode
a No. 10 – No. 23 is displayed endlessly by fol-
lowing the switch operation.
a By inputting and determining the ID once, it will
be effective until the starting switch is turned
off.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
[8] Action code display function [9] Failure code display function
When abnormal situations occur, the machine mon- By pressing the [>] switch once while the action
itor automatically displays the action code depend- code is displayed on the machine monitor, the
ing on the extent of the abnormality in order to present failure code is displayed.
remind the operator of proper remedy. q [>]: To display failure code.
a Below figure shows the example of displaying
action code "E03" and "CALL + phone No."
alternately.
a "CALL + phone No." is not displayed if the
action code "E01" or "E02" is displayed.
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
a Failure codes:
The failure code table is written in alphabetical order and also starting from small number.
The failure code in parentheses is not recorded in the failure history for both electrical system and
mechanical system.
a Applicable equipment:
Applicable equipment indicates in which controller system the failure has occurred.
MON : Machine monitor system
ENG : Engine controller system
TM : Transmission controller system
BK : Retarder controller system
ABS : ABS controller system
VHMS : PLM function system of VHMS controller (Note: Displayed as "PLM" on machine monitor)
a Action codes:
Action codes indicate what is displayed in the operator mode when a failure is detected.
a History classification:
History classification indicates in which system, either electrical system or mechanical system in the fail-
ure history display function, a failure has been recorded.
a Note : Optional equipment is also included in this table.
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
t Service mode
Procedure for switching to service mode and
screen display
a When using the service mode, change the
screen by the following special operation.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
3) When the ALL CLEAR execution screen is [11] Mechanical system failure history display
displayed, operate each switch of [<], [>] function (MACHINE FAULT)
and [t]. The machine monitor retains the data for problems
q [ < ]: Select YES (move cursor) that occurred in the mechanical system in the past
q [ > ]: Select NO (move cursor) as failure history. They can be displayed as fol-
q [t]: Execute YES or NO lows.
a An information which is active cur-
rently (display is flashing) cannot be 1. Selection of the service menu
deleted. Select mechanical system failure history dis-
play function (MACHINE FAULT) in the service
menu selection screen.
a The total number of failure history data
items recorded in memory is displayed in
the [* *] portion.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02530-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02530-00 30 Testing and adjusting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02531-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
3) In the monitoring code input screen, oper- 6. Display data for 2 items simultaneous monitor-
ate the switches [>], [<], [U] and [t], to ing
input two monitoring codes directly. On the 2 item simultaneous monitoring display
q [ > ]: Number at the cursor increases. screen, the following data are displayed.
q [ < ]: Number at the cursor decreases A : Monitoring code 1
q [U]: Number at the cursor is deter- 1 : Monitoring data 1 (including unit)
mined B : Monitoring code 2
q [ t]: Cursor moves to the left end / To 2 : Monitoring data 2 (including unit)
return to the monitoring system a For details, see "Monitoring code table".
and function selection screen.
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
********
1 Part No. of software VERSION 20200 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
********
2 Version No. of application VERSION (APP) 20221 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
********
3 Version No. of data VERSION (DATA) 20222 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
0 – F, 0 – F, 0 – F, Display of
5 Rotary switch (SW1 - 3) SW1, SW2, SW3 30800
(SW1, SW2, SW3 from left) condition
ON/OFF, ON/OFF Display of
6 DIP switch (SW5-1, 2) SW5-1, SW5-2 30900
(SW5-1, SW5-2 from left) condition
ON/OFF, ON/OFF Display of
7 DIP switch (SW5-3, 4) SW5-3, SW5-4 30901
(SW5-3, SW5-4 from left) condition
ON/OFF, ON/OFF Display of
8 DIP switch (SW6-1, 2) SW6-1, SW6-2 30902
(SW6-1, SW6-2 from left) condition
ON/OFF, ON/OFF Display of
9 DIP switch (SW6-3, 4) SW6-3, SW6-4 30903
(SW6-3, SW6-4 from left) condition
01010101
10 Input signal (0 - 7) D-IN--0------7 40900 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
11 Input signal (8 - 15) D-IN--8-----15 40901 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
12 Input signal (16 - 23) D-IN-16-----23 40902 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
13 Input signal (24 - 31) D-IN-24-----31 40903 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
14 Input signal (32 - 39) D-IN-32-----39 40904 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
0101
15 Output signal (0 - 3) D-OUT-0--3 40925 0:OFF/1:ON
(4 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
********
1 Part No. of software VERSION 20201 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
********
2 Version No. of application VERSION (APP) 20223 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
********
3 Version No. of data VERSION (DATA) 20224 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
0 – 32767
4 Transmission input shaft speed T/M SPEED:IN 31200 rpm
---- [Other than above]
Transmission intermediate shaft 0 – 32767
5 T/M SPEED:MID 31300 rpm
speed ---- [Other than above]
0 – 32767
6 Transmission output shaft speed T/M SPEED:OUT 31400 rpm
---- [Other than above]
0 – 250
7 Fuel level FUEL SENSOR 04201 z
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
8 Fuel level FUEL SENSOR 04200 V
---- [Other than above]
0 – 160
10 Torque converter oil temperature T/C OIL TEMP 30100 °C
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
11 Torque converter oil temperature T/C OIL TEMP 30101 V
---- [Other than above]
0 – 160
12 Transmission oil temperature T/C OIL TEMP 32500 °C
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
13 Transmission oil temperature T/C OIL TEMP 32501 V
---- [Other than above]
0 – 160
14 Steering oil temperature STRG OIL TEMP 32701 °C
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
15 Steering oil temperature STRG OIL TEMP 32702 V
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
16 Torque converter oil pressure T/C OIL PRESS 32600 MPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
17 Torque converter oil pressure T/C OIL PRESS 32605 V
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 99.99
18 Accumulator oil pressure (front) ACC OIL PRE F 35500 MPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 99.99
19 Accumulator oil pressure (rear) ACC OIL PRE R 35501 MPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
20 Accumulator oil pressure (front) ACC OIL PRE F 35504 V
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
21 Accumulator oil pressure (rear) ACC OIL PRE R 35505 V
---- [Other than above]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
0 – 1000
22 Solenoid output (high) ECMV H DIR 31600 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
23 Solenoid output (low) ECMV L DIR 31601 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
24 Solenoid output (1st) ECMV 1 DIR 31602 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
25 Solenoid output (2nd) ECMV 2 DIR 31603 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
26 Solenoid output (3rd) ECMV 3 DIR 31604 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
27 Solenoid output (4th) ECMV 4 DIR 31605 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
28 Solenoid output (R) ECMV R DIR 31606 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
29 Solenoid output (lockup) ECMV LU DIR 31609 mA
---- [Other than above]
Transmission main oil pressure 0 – 1000
30 ECMV MAIN P 31643 mA
variable solenoid output ---- [Other than above]
-180.0 – +180.0
31 Pitch angle sensor ANGLE SENSOR 32900 ° [degree]
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
32 Pitch angle sensor ANGLE SENSOR 32903 V
---- [Other than above]
0 – 100
33 Brake output (front wheel) BK OUTP DIR F 33807 %
---- [Other than above]
0 – 100
34 Brake output (rear wheel) BK OUTP DIR R 33806 %
---- [Other than above]
-100 – 100
35 Throttle correction value THROTTLE MOD 36000 %
---- [Other than above]
Low clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
36 TRIGGER MOD L 38900
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
High clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
37 TRIGGER MOD H 38901
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
1st clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
38 TRIGGER MOD 1 38902
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
2nd clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
39 TRIGGER MOD 2 38903
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
3rd clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
40 TRIGGER MOD 3 38904
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
4th clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
41 TRIGGER MOD 4 38905
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
R clutch trigger correction 00000000 – FFFFFFFF Display of
42 TRIGGER MOD R 38906
quantity (8 digits of 0 – F) condition
0101010 Recognition of
43 Clutch fill switch FILL HL1234R 38919 (Data is displayed under fill switch
HL1234R) 0:OFF/1:ON
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
0101010 Learning flag
44 Trigger initial learning flag TRIG HL1234R 38920 (Data is displayed under of clutch
HL1234R) 0:OFF/1:ON
0 – 2550
45 Fill time (low) FILL TIME L 41800 ms
---- [Other than above]
0 – 2550
46 Fill time (high) FILL TIME H 41801 ms
---- [Other than above]
0 – 2550
47 Fill time (1st) FILL TIME 1 41802 ms
---- [Other than above]
0 – 2550
48 Fill time (2nd) FILL TIME 2 41803 ms
---- [Other than above]
0 – 2550
49 Fill time (3rd) FILL TIME 3 41804 ms
---- [Other than above]
0 – 2550
50 Fill time (4th) FILL TIME 4 41805 ms
---- [Other than above]
0 – 2550
51 Fill time (R) FILL TIME R 41806 ms
---- [Other than above]
Throttle quantity lower limit value 0.0 – 100.0
52 THROT LIMIT LO 44201 %
output ---- [Other than above]
Throttle quantity upper limit value 0.0 – 100.0
53 THROT LIMIT HI 44200 %
output ---- [Other than above]
01010101
54 Input signal (0 – 7) D-IN--0------7 40905 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
55 Input signal (8 – 15) D-IN--8-----15 40906 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
56 Input signal (16 – 23) D-IN-16-----23 40907 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
57 Input signal (24 – 31) D-IN-24-----31 40908 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
0
58 Input signal (32 – 39) D-IN-32-----39 40942 0:OFF/1:ON
(1 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
59 Output signal (0 – 7) D-OUT-0------7 40949 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
60 Output signal (8 – 15) D-OUT-8-----15 40950 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
61 Output signal (16 – 23) D-OUT-16----23 40951 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
0.0 – 480.0
2 Battery voltage POWER SUPPLY 03200 V
---- [Other than above]
0 – 4000
3 Engine speed ENG SPEED 01002 rpm
---- [Other than above]
-40 – 210
4 Engine coolant temperature COOLANT TEMP 04104 °C
---- [Other than above]
Engine coolant temperature sen- 0.00 – 5.00
5 COOLANT TEMP 04105 V
sor voltage ---- [Other than above]
-99.9 – 999.9
6 Oil pressure sensor ENG OIL PRESS 37200 kPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
7 Oil pressure sensor voltage ENG OIL PRESS 37201 V
---- [Other than above]
-40 – 210
8 Engine oil temperature ENG OIL TEMP 42700 °C
---- [Other than above]
Engine oil temperature sensor 0.00 – 5.00
9 ENG OIL TEMP 42702 V
voltage ---- [Other than above]
0 – 400
10 Common rail pressure RAIL PRESS 36400 MPa
---- [Other than above]
Common rail pressure sensor 0.00 – 5.00
11 RAIL PRESS 36402 V
voltage ---- [Other than above]
-99.9 – 999.9
12 Atmospheric pressure AMBIENT PRESS 37400 kPa
---- [Other than above]
Atmospheric pressure sensor 0.00 – 5.00
13 AMBIENT PRESS 37402 V
voltage ---- [Other than above]
-50 – 200
14 Intake air temperature INTAKE TEMP 18400 °C
---- [Other than above]
Intake air temperature sensor 0.00 – 5.00
15 INTAKE TEMP 18401 V
voltage ---- [Other than above]
-40 – 210
16 Fuel temperature FUEL TEMP 04204 °C
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
17 Fuel temperature sensor voltage FUEL TEMP 04201 V
---- [Other than above]
-50 – 200
18 Boost temperature CHG TEMP 18500 °C
---- [Other than above]
Boost temperature sensor volt- 0.00 – 5.00
19 CHG TEMP 18501 V
age ---- [Other than above]
-99.9 – 999.9
20 Boost pressure CHG PRESS-A 36500 kPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
21 Boost pressure sensor voltage CHG PRESS-A 36502 V
---- [Other than above]
-24000 – 24000
22 Engine output torque OUTPUT TORQUE 18700 Nm
---- [Other than above]
0 – 100
23 Converted torque TORQUE RATIO 36700 %
---- [Other than above]
0 – 100
24 Final accelerator position FINAL THROTTLE 31706 %
---- [Other than above]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
0.0 – 999.9
25 Momentary fuel consumption FUEL RATE 37300 L/h
---- [Other than above]
Final injection rate command 0 – 1000
26 INJECT COMMAND 18600 mg
(by weight) ---- [Other than above]
-180.0 – 180.0
27 Final injection timing command INJECT TIMING 36300 CA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 100
28 Accelerator pedal position THROTTLE POS 31701 %
---- [Other than above]
Accelerator pedal position sen- 0.00 – 5.00
29 THROTTLE POS 31707 V
sor voltage ---- [Other than above]
-40 – 210
32 Controller inside temperture ECM IN TEMP 18900 °C
---- [Other than above]
Final common rail pressure com- 0 – 400
33 PRESS COMMAND 36200 MPa
mand ---- [Other than above]
PCV valve closing timing (based -180 – 180
34 PCV TIMING 17201 CA
on BTDC) ---- [Other than above]
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
********
1 Version of software VERSION 20214 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
********
2 Version No. of application VERSION (APP) 20231 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
********
3 Version No. of data VERSION (DATA) 20232 (8 digits/numerals and —
symbols)
0.00 – 5.00
4 ARSC set switch ARSC SET SP SW 37701 V
---- [Other than above]
Transmission output shaft 0 – 32767
5 T/M SPEED:OUT 31403 rpm
speed ---- [Other than above]
0 – 32767
6 Wheel speed (left) WHEEL SPEED L 39705 rpm
---- [Other than above]
0 – 32767
7 Wheel speed (right) WHEEL SPEED R 39704 rpm
---- [Other than above]
Retarder cooling oil tempera-
8 BRAKE OIL T F 30201 (Unused) —
ture (front) [* Unused]
Retarder cooling oil tempera-
9 BRAKE OIL T F 30204 (Unused) —
ture (front) [* Unused]
Retarder cooling oil tempera- 0 – 160
10 BRAKE OIL T R 30211 °C
ture (rear) ---- [Other than above]
Retarder cooling oil tempera- 0.00 – 5.00
11 BRAKE OIL T R 30212 V
ture (rear) ---- [Other than above]
Brake output current (front 0 – 1000
12 BK OUTP DIR F 33700 mA
wheel) ---- [Other than above]
Brake output current (rear 0 – 1000
13 BK OUTP DIR R 33806 mA
wheel) ---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
14 Retarder lever voltage RETARD LEVER 33900 V
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
15 Body positioner BODY POSITION 34602 V
---- [Other than above]
Dump lever (Hoist lever) poten- 0.00 – 5.00
16 DUMP LEVER 1 34304 V
tiometer 1 ---- [Other than above]
Dump lever (Hoist lever) poten- 0.00 – 5.00
17 DUMP LEVER 2 34305 V
tiometer 2 ---- [Other than above]
0 – 1000
18 Hoist EPC output HOIST EPC DIR 45600 mA
---- [Other than above]
Seating control command 0 – 1000
19 S CNT DIR H 45102 mA
(high) ---- [Other than above]
Seating control command 0 – 1000
20 S CNT DIR L 45103 mA
(low) ---- [Other than above]
Seating condition calibration 0.00 – 5.00
21 S CAL A 45201 V
value ( ) ---- [Other than above]
Cylinder stopper calibration 0.00 – 5.00
22 S CAL B 45301 V
value ( ) ---- [Other than above]
0.0 – 10.00
23 Seating control time (high) S CNT TIME H 45402 second
---- [Other than above]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
0.0 – 10.00
24 Seating control time (low) S CNT TIME L 45403 second
---- [Other than above]
25 Shut-off valve output SHUT OFF VALVE 45700 0/1 (1 digit of 0/1) 0:OFF/1:ON
-180.0 – +180.0
26 Steering angle sensor STRG ANGLE 35402 ° (degree)
---- [Other than above
0.00 – 5.00
27 Steering angle sensor STRG ANGLE 35400 V
---- [Other than above]
0.0 – 99.99
28 Steering speed STRG ANG SPEED 35403 rad/second
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 20.10
29 Suspension pressure (left) SUS PRESS (L) 32814 MPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
30 Suspension pressure (left) SUS PRESS (L) 32815 V
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 20.10
31 Suspension pressure (right) SUS PRESS (R) 32816 MPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
32 Suspension pressure (right) SUS PRESS (R) 32817 V
---- [Other than above]
0/1 (1 digit of 0/1) --- [Other
33 Judgment of empty/loaded EMPTY OR LOAD 39400 0:EMPTY/1:LOAD
than above]
0 – 1020
34 ASR output (left) command ASR OUTP DIR L 39601 mA
---- [Other than above]
0 – 1020
35 ASR output (right) command ASR OUTP DIR R 39603 mA
---- [Other than above]
01010101
36 Input signal (0 – 7) D-IN--0------7 40932 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
37 Input signal (8 – 15) D-IN--8-----15 40933 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
38 Input signal (16 – 23) D-IN-16-----23 40934 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
39 Input signal (24 – 31) D-IN-24-----31 40935 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
0
40 Input signal (32 – 39) D-IN-32-----39 40943 0:OFF/1:ON
(1 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
41 Output signal (0 – 7) D-OUT-0------7 40955 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
42 Output signal (8 – 15) D-OUT-8-----15 40956 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
01010101
43 Output signal (16 – 23) D-OUT-16----23 40957 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
Suspension pressure 32804 (*) 0.00 – 20.10
1 SUS PRESS (FR) MPa
(front right) ---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 20.10
2 Suspension pressure (front left) SUS PRESS (FL) 32805 (*) MPa
---- [Other than above]
Suspension pressure 0.00 – 20.10
3 SUS PRESS (RR) 32806 (*) MPa
(rear right) ---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 20.10
4 Suspension pressure (rear left) SUS PRESS (RL) 32807 (*) MPa
---- [Other than above]
Suspension pressure 0.00 – 5.00
5 SUS PRESS (FR) 32810 (*) V
(front right) ---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
6 Suspension pressure (front left) SUS PRESS (FL) 32811 (*) V
---- [Other than above]
Suspension pressure 0.00 – 5.00
7 SUS PRESS (RR) 32812 (*) V
(rear right) ---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
8 Suspension pressure (rear left) SUS PRESS (RL) 32813 V
---- [Other than above]
-15.0 – +15.0
9 Inclinometer (pitch angle) INCLINOMETER 32901 (*) ° (degree)
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.10
10 Inclinometer (pitch angle) INCLINOMETER 32902 (*) V
---- [Other than above]
-30 – +100
11 Ambient temperature AIR TEMP 37501 °C
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
12 Ambient temperature AIR TEMP 37504 V
---- [Other than above]
01010101
13 Input signal (0 – 7) D-IN--0------7 40944 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
14 Input signal (8 – 15) D-IN--8-----15 40945 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
0101
15 Output signal (0 – 7) D-OUT-0--3 40946 0:OFF/1:ON
(4 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
0101
16 SEL signal (0 – 3) D-SEL--0--3 40947 0:OFF/1:ON
(4 digits of 0/1. See detail.)
0.0 – 655.4
17 Payload PAYLOAD 42200 (*) t
---- [Other than above]
0.0 – 655.4
18 Rated load weight RATE WEIGHT 42201 (*) t
---- [Other than above]
20 Gearshift lever N signal SHIFT LEVER N 42500 (*) 0/1 (1 digit of 0/1) 0:OFF/1:ON
200 – 950
21 Exhaust temperature (front) EXHAUST TMP F 42610 °C
---- [Other than above]
200 – 950
22 Exhaust temperature (rear) EXHAUST TMP R 42611 °C
---- [Other than above]
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
0.00 – 5.00
23 Exhaust temperature (front) EXHAUST TMP F 42612 V
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
24 Exhaust temperature (rear) EXHAUST TMP R 42613 V
---- [Other than above]
0.0 – 20.0
25 Blow-by pressure BLOWBY PRESS 42801 kPa
---- [Other than above]
0.00 – 5.00
26 Blow-by pressure BLOWBY PRESS 42802 V
---- [Other than above]
27 28. Stop and run flags STOP RUN FLAG 45000 (*) 0/1 (1 digit of 0/1) 0:OFF/1:ON
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
******** (8 digits/numerals
1 Part No. of software VERSION 20210 —
and symbols)
******** (8 digits/numerals
2 Version No. of application VERSION (APP) 20233 —
and symbols)
******** (8 digits/numerals
3 Version No. of data VERSION (DATA) 20234 —
and symbols)
0 – 3000
4 Wheel speed (front left) WHEEL SPEED FL 39706 rpm
---- [Other than above]
0 – 3000
5 Wheel speed (front right) WHEEL SPEED FR 39707 rpm
---- [Other than above]
0 – 3000
6 Wheel speed (rear left) WHEEL SPEED RL 39708 rpm
---- [Other than above]
0 – 3000
7 Wheel speed (rear right) WHEEL SPEED RR 39709 rpm
---- [Other than above]
01010101
8 Input signal (0 - 7) D-IN--0------7 40937 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
9 Input signal (8 - 15) D-IN--8-----15 40938 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
10 Input signal (16 - 23) D-IN-16-----23 40939 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
11 Input signal (24 - 31) D-IN-24-----31 40940 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
12 Output signal (0 - 7) D-OUT-0------7 40958 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
13 Output signal (8 - 15) D-OUT-8-----15 40959 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
01010101
14 Output signal (16 - 23) D-OUT-16----23 40960 0:OFF/1:ON
(8 digits of 1/0. See detail.)
ABS control valve output 0 – 1000
15 ABS CNT VAL FL 43308 mA
(front left) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control valve output 0 – 1000
16 ABS CNT VAL FR 43309 mA
(front right) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control valve output 0 – 1000
17 ABS CNT VAL RL 43310 mA
(rear left) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control valve output 0 – 1000
18 ABS CNT VAL RR 43311 mA
(rear right) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 99.99
19 CONT PRESS FL 43312 MPa
(front left) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 5.00
20 CONT PRESS FL 43313 V
(front left) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 99.99
21 CONT PRESS FR 43314 MPa
(front right) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 5.00
22 CONT PRESS FR 43315 V
(front right) ---- [Other than above]
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Monitor-
No. Monitoring item Display of item Display range of data Unit
ing code
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 99.99
23 CONT PRESS RL 43316 MPa
(rear left) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 5.00
24 CONT PRESS RL 43317 V
(rear left) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 99.99
25 CONT PRESS RR 43318 MPa
(rear right) ---- [Other than above]
ABS control oil pressure 0.00 – 5.00
26 CONT PRESS RR 43319 V
(rear right) ---- [Other than above]
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
2) With the service menu selected, press the 7) Keep depressing the brake pedal, and set
[U] switch to display the monitoring sys- the gear shift lever to D position.
tem and function selection screen. a Confirm that the shift indicator dis-
q [U]: Execute service menu plays "F2".
3) In the monitoring system and function 8) Stall the torque converter to raise the
selection screen, press [>] switch or [<] transmission oil temperature up to 70 – 80
switch to select transmission system °C.
(TRANSMISSION). a Be careful not to overheat the oil
q [>]: To proceed to next monitoring while stalling the torque converter.
system and function 9) Return the gear shift lever to "N" position,
q [<]: To go back to previous monitoring keep it for 3 minutes, and confirm that the
system and function transmission oil temperature is stable
between 70 – 80 °C.
a In addition to the above, check that
the machine has not detected a trou-
ble.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
3) Return to the service menu selection a The figure shows the state in which
screen, and select the adjustment function the automatic compensation is
(TUNING). selected, therefore, [AUTO] is indi-
a Press [t] switch several times to cated in the lower line. In the state in
return to the service menu selection which the manual compensation is
screen. selected, [MANUAL] is indicated in
the lower line.
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
8) Normal and abnormal results are dis- 3. Reset the transmission initial learning and
played for each adjustment, therefore take implementation of learning
action depending on the display. a Before carrying out this adjustment item,
be sure to implement "2. Transmission
ECMV current adjustment".
a Before proceeding to the learning, confirm
that the transmission oil temperature is at
the specified temperature referring to "1.
Preparing operations for "Adjusting trans-
mission ECMV current". (If adjustments
are made at temperatures other than speci-
fied temperature, time lag or gear shifting
shock may occur.)
k The learning should be carried out in
an area with a sufficient traveling dis-
tance, paying attention to the sur-
q Indicated code for the normal or abnormal re- roundings for safety.
sult 1) Select the adjusting function (TUNING) in
Code Condition the service menu selection screen.
OK Normal result
NG1 Out of compensation conditions
Abnormal
NG2 No fill
result
NG3 Over the compensation values
q If "OK" (normal result) is displayed:
q Adjustment is done without error.
q If "NG1" is displayed (out of compensation
condition):
q Adjust the transmission oil temperature ex-
actly, and confirm the machine setting condi-
tions again, then carry out the adjustment from
procedure 1).
q If "NG2" (no fill) is displayed: 2) With the service menu selected, hold
q Carry out troubleshooting of failure code down the [U] switch for a minimum of 5
[15S*MA][DDT*KA], and if the condition is seconds to display the adjustment menu
confirmed to be normal, then start again from selection screen.
procedure 1) (The symbol with * mark varies q [U]: Execute the service menu.
by objective clutches). 3) On the adjustment menu selection screen,
q If "NG3" is displayed (compensation value confirm that the transmission trigger
over): adjustment item (01: TM TRIGGER) is dis-
q Carry out troubleshooting of failure code played.
[15S*L1], and if the condition is confirmed to
be normal, then start it again from procedure
1) (The symbol with * mark varies by objective
clutches).
9) If the adjustments has been completed nor-
mally, the adjustment values are recorded
in the transmission controller about 3 sec-
onds after the starting switch has been
turned off.
a If the starting switch needs to be
turned ON soon after the adjustment,
keep the starting switch in the OFF
position for more than 10 seconds as
a precautionary measure, then turn it
ON.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
18) Set the gearshift lever to the "4" position 23) Check that the trigger learning of the Hi
and depress the accelerator pedal fully to clutch is displayed on the monitor.
run the truck and shift up the gear to F4. a If "1" is displayed, go to the next step.
a Shifting up: F1 o F2 o F3 o F4 a If "0" is displayed, repeat steps 21) –
19) After running the machine at F4 for 10 23) until "1" is displayed.
seconds, release the accelerator pedal a If "1" is not displayed after repeating
and shift down the gear to F1 by coasting the steps 4 times, the ECMV may be
run. defective. In this case, replace the
a Shifting down: F4 o F3 o F2 o F1 ECMV.
a Do not apply the brake during coast- a The * marked clutch display can be
ing run. either "0" or "1".
20) Check that the trigger learning of the 2nd
clutch is displayed on the monitor.
a If "1" is displayed, go to the next step.
a If "0" is displayed, repeat steps 18) –
20) until "1" is displayed.
a If "1" is not displayed after repeating
the steps 4 times, the ECMV may be
defective. In this case, replace the
ECMV.
a The * marked clutch display can be
either "0" or "1".
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
[16] Filter and oil replacement time setting func- a Displayed maintenance item and
tion (MAINTENANCE MONITOR) function:
Machine monitor can set the maintenance intervals
Maintenance items
for various filters and oil which become the base of No. Display
and functions
replacement time display for filter and oil. Also the
machine monitor can activate or deactivate the dis- 1 41:FUEL P FILT Fuel pre filter
play function. 2 01:ENG OIL Engine oil
1. Selection of the service menu 3 02:ENG FILT Engine oil filter
Select the filter and oil replacement time set-
4 13:TM FILT Transmission oil filter
ting function (MAINTENANCE MONITOR) in
the service menu selection screen. 5 03:FUEL FILT Fuel main filter
6 06:CORR RES Corrosion resistor
Torque converter/
7 17:TC/TM/ BK OIL
Transmission/Brake oil
8 14:BK OIL FILT Brake oil filter
9 16:BK C FILT Brake cooling oil filter
10 04:HYD FILT Hydraulic oil filter
11 11:DIFF OIL Differential oil
12 08:FNL OIL Final drive oil
13 10:HYD OIL Hydraulic oil
Setting default value for all
14 INITIALIZE
items
Setting validity or invalidity for
15 ALL ITEMS
2. Displaying and selecting the maintenance item all items
and function
1) With the service menu selected, press the a No.1 – 13 are the maintenance items
[U] switch to display the maintenance where the setting is changed by item,
item and function selection screen. and No.14 – 15 are the functions
q [U]: Conduct the service menu. which allows to change the setting of
all items simultaneously.
a The item and function is displayed in
the [*] section.
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2) After the screen to input intervals is dis- a If the timer which has been OFF is
played, press the [>] switch or the [<] turned ON, the interval is set to the
switch to display the activation or deacti- value before it was turned OFF and
vation setting screen. the rest of set time of the timer is
q [>]: Switch the setting screen. reset. The number of resetting times
q [<]: Switch the setting screen is set to the value before it was turned
a If the function is activated, it is dis- OFF.
played like the upper line. And if it is
deactivated, it is displayed like the 6. Setting default values of interval time for all
lower line. items (function of No.15)
3) After the activate or deactivate setting 1) With all item default value setting (INI-
screen is displayed, check the present TIALIZE) selected on the maintenance
setting status and the contents of change. item and function selection screen, press
Then operate the switches [U] or [t]. the [U] switch to display the all item
q [U]: Switch to the change confirma- default value setting screen.
tion screen q [U]: Execute the function to set the
q [t]: To return to the maintenance default values of all the items.
i te m an d fu nc ti on s e le ct io n
screen.
q [< ]: Switch to the interval change
screen.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
a The number of resetting times is kept a If activation of all the items (ON) is
at the value before the default was set, the maintenance function of all
set. the items starts to work regardless of
a Each item is set turned ON. the setting of each maintenance item
and the interval is set to the previous
7. Setting the function activation or deactivation time before the interval has been
for all the items (function No.16) deactivated.
1) With the activation or deactivation setting a The timer is reset simultaneously and
for all items selected (ALL ITEMS) on the it restarts to count from 0 h.
maintenance item and function selection The number of resetting times is set
screen, press the [U] switch to display the to the value before it was turned OFF.
all items activation or deactivation setting
screen.
q [U]: Implement the function to set
activation or deactivation of all
the items.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
[17] Operation information display function a There are four types of information
(OPERATION INFO) screen.
Machine monitor can display the fuel consumption
per mile and per time, the fuel consumption per any 4. Information to be displayed (screen 1 – 4)
accumulated time and the travel distance, and the Above: Fuel consumption per km or mile from
fuel consumption during any accumulated time and the last reset point (distance unit is km
its accumulated time. or mile and it depends on the setting of
a Fuel consumption value is the integration of the integrated odometer in the opera-
the targeted injection rate signal which is sent tor mode).
from the engine controller. It is not the mea- Maximum display value:
surement of the actual fuel consumption. 99999.9 L/km (L/mile)
Therefore the displayed fuel consumption is Below: Fuel consumption per time started
used as a guide value. from the last reset point
Maximum display value: 99999.9 L/h
1. Selection of the service menu
Select the operation information display func-
tion (OPERATION INFO) on the service menu
selection screen.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
[19] Manual snapshot function (SNAPSHOT) 3. Press [U] switch to start the snapshot.
q This function is applicable to only machines a The upper column displays the elapsed
equipped with VHMS. time.
q The manual snapshot function stores 7 min- a [–] sign in the leftmost position of the lower
utes and 30 seconds worth data to be used for column is replaced with [*] and it starts
Pm clinic or testing/adjustment to VHMS con- flashing.
troller. a For every 30 seconds, [–] is replaced with
q When collecting data at a regular interval for [*] starting with the leftmost one. When
Pm clinic, it is required to operate the machine two or more [*] signs are displayed, the
as per the procedure specified for the quick rightmost one flashes.
Pm. As for the data collection for the testing or a Pressing [t] switch while the snapshot is
adjustment purpose, however, no machine taking place stops the snapshot.
operation is requested.
q When using the data being stored with the
manual snapshot function, a PC must be con-
nected. For the connecting procedure, refer to
VHMS controller initial setting procedure.
(Connection of a PC may be done before or
after the snapshot.)
a For detail of operation of the snapshot function,
see the Quick Pm implementation procedure.
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02531-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02531-00 30 Testing and adjusting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02532-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
4. Starting the VHMS initial setting tool 5. Initial setting of VHMS controller (Ver. 3. 5. 2. 1
a This work is done inside the cab (from PC). or older version)
1) Turn on the PC power and start the OS. a This work is done inside the cab (from
2) Operating [VHMS initial setting tool] icon on PC).
the PC, start up the VHMS initial setting tool. a It is prohibited in the initial setting to mod-
ify the data of service meter [SMR].
Important [Machine Information]
a Appearance of the setup screen of 1) Open [Machine Information] tab.
the VHMS setting tool depends its a [Data clear and Set up] menu displays
version. [Machine Information] tab first.
a When using Ver.3.5.2.1 or older ver- 2) Check every data for correctness.
sion (CD-ROM), the setting proce- a The figure shows the display of another
dure shall conform to that described model as an example.
in Section 5.
a When using an update version
(Ver.3.5.2.1 or after), the procedure in
Section 6 shall be used.
a It is recommended to download the
latest VHMS version from WebCARE
to update the currently used version.
(Related material: SERVICE MATE
SMP-623)
3) Enter the 10-digit service ID to [Service ID].
a Service ID: 7826142000
4) Select [Data clear and Set up] from
[Select Function] item.
5) Click [OK] button to proceed to the setup
screen.
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
(*1) For setting of the model, type, variation code, etc., see the VHMS initial setting manual (Tool)
a A variation code is an item among the model, date, etc. that are set with the personal computer software
for intial setting of the VHMS is initialized. It is used to notify the VHMS "whether the PLM in the VHMS
is effective (Code: PV), whether PLM II is connected (Code: P2), and whether the machine has the pay-
load meter (PLM) function (Code: ST)".
a Since A and B of the short connector to be connected to connector No. HM-50 are not used, connect
them normally.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6. Initial setting of VHMS controller (Ver. 3. 5. 2. 1 3) Confirm the machine information and, if
or later version) they are correct, press [Next] button.
a This work is done inside the cab (from PC).
a It is prohibited in the initial setting to mod-
ify the data of service meter [SMR].
1) Select [VHMS Setting] and then press
[Next] button.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
8) As 7 minutes and 30 seconds elapsed 10) Open the quick Pm data to draw a graph.
from start of the snapshot, following a Set the Time to the X-axis and set the
screen appears and then the initial screen following to the Y-axis.
is restored in 5 seconds. (End of snap- q Engine Speed (Engine speed)
shot) q Fuel Inject (Fuel injection rate)
q Blowby Press (Blow-by pressure)
q F Exhaust Temp (Exhaust temperature
of No. 1, 2, 3 cylinders)
q R Exhaust Temp (Exhaust tempera-
ture of No. 4, 5, 6 cylinders)
q Engine Oil Press (Engine oil pres-
sure)
q Engine Oil Temp (Engine oil tempera-
ture)
q Coolant Temp (Engine coolant tem-
perature)
q Ambient Temp (Ambient temperature)
q Boost Press (Boost pressure)
q Accelerator Pos (Accelerator posi-
Important tion)
Data of quick Pm are recorded only once. q Hoist Lev Pos (Dump lever position)
Thus, if another quick PM is repeated, the cur- q T/C Oil Temp (Torque converter oil tem-
rent data will be overwritten with the last one. perature)
In order to avoid above trouble, be sure to q T/M Out speed (Transmission output
download data of every completed quick Pm to shaft speed)
PC. For the procedure, see 8. Download of q Shift Indicator (Gearshift position)
setting data. q Lock Up Signal (Lockup signal)
q Retarder Temp (Retarder oil tempera-
9) Analyze the quick PM data by use of the ture)
analysis tool. q F Brake Press (Front brake oil pres-
a For detailed usage of the analysis sure)
tool, see the operation and mainte- q R Brake Press (Rear brake oil pres-
nance manual. sure)
q Retarder Position (Retarder position)
q Foot Brake Position (Foot brake posi-
tion)
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
E-mail: webcare@komatsu.co.jp
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Model name
Serial No.
Confirmation of machine body and
1 Engine serial No.
component nameplates
Transmission controller serial No.
VHMS controller serial No.
Is it operating normally?
VHMS controller check for normal
3 (Displays counting in ascending-order succeeding to yes no
operation
rotation)
Is "Data Clear and Set up" selected for the setting tool
4 Starting of VHMS initial setting tool yes no
mode?
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
Model name
Serial No.
Confirmation of machine body and Engine serial No.
1
component nameplates Transmission serial No.
VHMS controller serial No.
ORBCOM terminal serial No.
Is it operating normally?
VHMS controller check for normal
3 (Displays counting in ascending-order succeeding to yes no
operation
rotation)
4 Starting of VHMS initial setting tool Is "Set up" selected for the setting tool mode? yes no
6 Saving of settings Is LED (7-segment) turned off after data was stored? yes no
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
4) Currently saved information will be dis- 7) After adjusting time, press [OK] button.
played. Press [OK] button.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
9) The confirmation screen will ask whether 3. Confirmation, saving and loading of VHMS
or not the data before the above setup is controller setting information (Ver. 3. 5. 2. 1
to be saved. Press [NO] button. or later version)
a It is not necessary to save the data before a This work is done inside the cab (from PC).
the setting. a Setting information in the current VHMS
controller is saved to the PC and the saved
information is loaded to the new VHMS con-
troller after the replacement.
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
4) Confirm every information before the 3) Select [Use previous setting after replace-
replacement and then press [Save] but- ment of VHMS controller] and press [Next]
ton. button.
5) Select [Exit] from [File] of the menu to end 4) Currently saved information will be dis-
the VHMS initial setting tool. played. Press [Next] button.
6) Disconnect the PC.
a Refer to "10. Disconnecting the PC"
in "VHMS controller initial setting pro-
cedure".
7) Turns the PC power off.
8) Proceed to replacement of VHMS control-
lers.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6) The confirmation screen will ask whether [Operations needed after replacement of VHMS
or not the data before the above setup is controller]
to be saved. Press [NO] button. a Execute the quick Pm referring "7. Executing
a It is not necessary to save the data quick Pm" in "VHMS controller initial setting
before the setting. procedure".
a Download the data referring "8. Download of
setting data" in "VHMS controller initial setting
procedure".
a After the replacement, send VHMS/WebCARE
setting report sheet to VHMS/WebCARE Sup-
port Center in Komatsu Headquarters.
a Also send two sets of data, the downloaded
before and after the VHMS replacement, via
Notes (LAN) or E-mail (WAN).
Komatsu VHMS/WebCARE Support Center
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Table 1
(*1) For setting of the model, type, variation code, etc., see the VHMS initial setting manual (Tool)
When there is no problem in installation and wiring of the payload meter but there are the following prob-
lems, check the above setting again.
1. Items related to the payload meter are not displayed on the machine monitor.
"The payload is not displayed when the loaded machine is stopped", "There are not the menus related
to the payload meter on the match monitor", etc.
a In the following cases, perform "setting of option selection of machine monitor" and "setting with
VHMS initialization manual (tool)" according to Table 1.
2. While the payload meter in the VHMS is not set, there are the menus related to the payload meter on
the machine monitor.
a In the following cases, perform "setting of option selection of machine monitor" and "setting with
VHMS initialization manual (tool)" according to Table 1.
3. While the payload meter in the VHMS is set, the payload does not match to the lighting condition of the
red lamp of the outside indicator lamps.
a Wrong setting of the model and serial No. with the VHMS initial setting tool.
4. The storage place of the data file made by the download software is not found.
a Wrong setting of the model and serial No. with the VHMS initial setting tool.
5. Data cannot be downloaded.
a Wrong setting of the model, serial No., and variation code with the VHMS initial setting tool.
6. Date and time of the downloaded data are wrong.
a Wrong setting of the date and time with the VHMS initial setting tool.
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
Set various items of the payload meter (PLM) with 3. Correction of calculation of load weight
the machine monitor. a Since this function affects the accuracy
1. Selection of service menu directly, execute the following procedure
While the service menu selection screen is dis- securely.
played, select the PLM setting function (PLM). a Be sure to measure the weight of the
empty machine and that of the fully loaded
machine as a set in order according to the
following procedure.
a The machine must travel for about 3 min-
utes each after its empty weight and its
fully loaded weight are measured.
Accordingly, secure a road for this pur-
pose.
a The relationship between the suspension
pressure and load weight corrected with
this function cannot be returned to the
condition at the time of shipment. Accord-
ingly, perform the following procedure very
carefully.
2. Setting of travel distance to recognize comple-
1) Measure the weight of the empty machine
tion of loading
with a weightmeter and record it (Write it
on a sheet of paper, etc.)
2) Input the measured weight of the empty
machine and drive the machine for about
3 minutes.
1] Select "EMPTY WEIGHT".
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
6] The progress of measurement is dis- 5) Input the measured weight of the fully
played. loaded machine and drive the machine for
about 3 minutes.
1] Select "LOADED WEIGHT".
For the method of displaying the fol-
lowing screen, see the steps up to the
above step.
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
3] Input the measured weight of the fully 5] Move the machine to a place where
loaded machine. you can drive it for about 3 minutes.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
7] Dump the load in the dump area. The current standard level value is
displayed on the upper line. The incli-
nometer value (F) at the current posi-
tion blinks. Enter it when it is
stabilized.
2] Turn the machine 180 degrees (Stop
it in the opposite direction).
3] Enter value of (R).
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
4] Enter the standard level value. 6. Setting of load weight to recognize start of
loading
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
q [ < ] button: Number at cursor moves back- q [>], [<] buttons: Select "WHEN
ward DUMPING" or "WHEN TRAVELING"
q [U] button: Enter number at cursor WHEN DUMPING (Setting at time of ship-
q [t] button: Stop inputting number ment)
a The setting range is 0 - 130% of the rated The load weight measured when the
load weight. dump lever is shifted from the "FLOAT"
Set A (Yellow lamp) higher than G (Green position to "another position" in the dump
lamp) and set R (Red lamp) higher than A area is saved.
(Yellow lamp). WHEN TRAVELING
The data sampled while traveling from the
8. Setting of OFFSET range loading area to the dump area is pro-
cessed statistically and the hauled load
weight is entered and saved when it is
dumped.
q [U] button: Enter the selected method
q [t ] button: Return to the menu screen
2) Enter the selected method.
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
1. Setting of switches
1) Remove cover (1) from the left side of the card-type payload meter.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
q Set buzzer volume switch (B) and switch forcible prohibition switch (No. 8), if necessary.
When changing setting of these switches from the initial positions, be sure to check with the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
q Do not change the load weight correction trimmer (No. 1) from the initial position.
q Do not change the speed correction switch (No. 2), distance correction switch (No. 3), memory
card using switch (No. 5), and clinometer using switch (No. 6) from the initial positions.
a You can carry out the operations of calibration, clearing all data, dumping card, and setting
date by turning switches No. 5 and No. 8 ON or OFF. (See the Operation and Maintenance
Manual.)
Optional setting
Transmis- Execution of
sion baud automatic
Option code Type of data communication
rate transmission Setting of Setting of
when dumping is finished
(bit/sec) function TALKS PMC
(when PMC is set)
0 9600 NO NO NO —
1 9600 YES NO NO —
2 1200 NO NO NO —
3 1200 YES NO NO —
4 9600 NO YES NO —
6 1200 NO YES NO —
7 1200 YES YES NO —
8 9600 NO YES YES Z1
11 9600 NO NO YES Z2
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
Screen (6)
a While watching the screen, operate switches (2) – (5) to set values.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
2) Display the option code screen according 3) Changing set value of option code
to the following procedure. a You can change the digit at the blink-
1] Press MODE switch (2) for 2 sec- ing place.
onds.
Display: Cd: dp (Cd lights up and dp q Changing ones digit
blinks)
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
2] Press TOTAL/SFT switch (4) and 14] Press LIGHT/INC switch (3).
LIGHT/INC switch (3) simultaneously Display: d. XXX (d. lights up and XXX
for 2 seconds. blinks)
Display: S. SEL (S. SEL lights up) q XXX = Set to 090.
a If LIGHT/INC switch (3) is held,
3] Press CAL/CLR switch (5). XXX increases to 255 and then
Display: UP: XX (UP: lights up and returns to 0.
XX blinks)
15] Press CAL/CLR switch (5).
4] Press CAL/CLR switch (5). Display: E. XXX (E. lights up and
Display: PL: XX (PL: lights up and XX XXX blinks)
blinks) q XXX = Currently set display level
of external lamp 5
5] Press CAL/CLR switch (5).
Display: O. SEL (O. SEL lights up)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
5. Check of setting
For 30 seconds after the card-type payload
meter is turned ON, the model selection code,
setting of memory card using switch, setting of
clinometer using switch, setting of weight unit
setting switch, setting of switch forcible prohibi-
tion switch, and setting of option code are dis-
played. Check that they are correct.
a For contents of indication made when the
power is turned ON, see Operation and
Maintenance Manual, Handling of payload
meter (card type), Contents of indica-
tion.
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
30 Testing and adjusting SEN02532-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02532-00 30 Testing and adjusting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02717-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Failure code table and fuse locations
Failure codes table.......................................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations............................................................................................................................................... 13
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
a Failure codes:
The failure code table is written in alphabetical order and also starting from small number.
The failure code in parentheses is not recorded in the failure history for both electrical system and
mechanical system.
a Applicable equipment:
Applicable equipment indicates in which controller system the failure has occurred.
MON : Machine monitor system
ENG : Engine controller system
TM : Transmission controller system
BK : Retarder controller system
ABS : ABS controller system
VHMS : PLM function system of VHMS controller (Note: Displayed as "PLM" on machine monitor)
a Action codes:
Action codes indicate what is displayed in the operator mode when a failure is detected.
a History classification:
History classification indicates in which system, either electrical system or mechanical system in the fail-
ure history display function, a failure has been recorded.
a Note : Optional equipment is also included in this table.
1
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
Fuse locations 1
a When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the circuit breakers
and fuses to see if the power is supplied normally.
Circuit breaker (30A/80A) and fuse locations in battery box and connection table
a This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the circuit breakers and fuse
box supplies power (An accessory power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting
switch is in the ON position and an unswitched power supply is a device which supplies power while the
starting switch is in the OFF and ON positions).
Accessory power supply Intake air heater (engine) connected through heater relay
INH 120A
(Battery relay output) (HR)
*1: For fuse boxes (BT1) – (BT4), see the following pages.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
a The circled numbers are the terminal numbers shown in the circuit diagram of each failure code.
*1: These are connected to the corresponding fuses (1), (3) and (4) and lighting switch and then connected
to the fuses again. See troubleshooting of electrical system (E mode), "E-12".
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
a The circled numbers are the terminal numbers shown in the circuit diagram of each failure code.
Key switch
(11) 10A Machine monitor, payload meter/controller
(ACC)
Key switch (12) 10A Rear view range monitor (if equipped), VHMS download
(BR) (13) 10A Parking brake circuit
Unswitched
FuA2 (30A) (17) 10A Horn
power supply
Accessory
FuB1 (80A) (18) 10A Machine monitor
power supply
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
a The circled numbers are the terminal numbers shown in the circuit diagram of each failure code.
Accessory
FuB1 (80A) (26) 20A Fog lamp (if equipped)
power supply
Key switch
(35) 5A Engine controller
(ACC)
Unswitched
FuA1 (80A) (36) 30A Engine controller
power supply
(37)
Unswitched
FuA1 (80A) (38) 30A Engine controller
power supply
(39)
(40) 2A Spare
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02717-00
a The circled numbers are the terminal numbers shown in the circuit diagram of each failure code.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02717-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02718-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
General information on troubleshooting
Points to remember when troubleshooting ..................................................................................................... 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting........................................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................... 4
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 5
Contents of troubleshooting table ................................................................................................................... 6
Connection table for connector pin numbers .................................................................................................. 8
T-adapter box and T-adapter table................................................................................................................ 37
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to pre-
vent reoccurrence of the failure. When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to
understand the structure and function. However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator
various questions to form some idea of possible causes of the failure that would produce the reported symp-
toms.
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not 4) Other maintenance items can be checked
hurry to disassemble the components. externally, so check any item that is con-
If components are disassembled immediately sidered to be necessary.
any failure occurs:
q Parts that have no connection with the fail- 4. Confirming failure
ure or other unnecessary parts will be dis- Confirm the extent of the failure yourself, and
assembled. judge whether to handle it as a real failure or
q It will become impossible to find the cause as a problem with the method of operation, etc.
of the failure. a When operating the machine to reenact
It will also cause a waste of manhours, parts, the troubleshooting symptoms, do not
or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also carry out any investigation or measure-
lose the confidence of the user or operator. For ment that may make the problem worse.
this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, 5. Troubleshooting
it is necessary to carry out thorough prior Use the results of the investigation and inspec-
investigation and to carry out troubleshooting tion in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down the causes
in accordance with the fixed procedure. of failure, then use the troubleshooting table or
2. Points to ask user or operator troubleshooting flowchart to locate the position
of the the failure exactly.
1) Have any other problems occurred apart
a The basic procedure for troubleshooting is
from the problem that has been reported?
as follows.
2) Was there anything strange about the
1] Start from the simple points.
machine before the failure occurred?
2] Start from the most likely points.
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were
there problems with the machine condition 3] Investigate other related parts or
before this? information.
4) Under what conditions did the failure 6. Measures to remove root cause of failure
occur? Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause
5) Had any repairs been carried out before of the failure is not repaired, the same failure
the failure? When were these repairs car- will occur again.To prevent this, always investi-
ried out? gate why the problem occurred. Then, remove
6) Has the same kind of failure occurred the root cause.
before?
3. Check before troubleshooting
1) Is there any sign of irregularities of the
machine?
2) Make checks before starting day's work.
3) Make checks of other items.
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
1. Procedure for troubleshooting to be taken when action code and failure code are displayed on
machine monitor:
If a action code and a failure code are displayed on the machine monitor, carry out the troubleshooting
for the corresponding "Display of code" according to the displayed failure code.
2. When electrical system failure code or mechanical system failure code is recorded in fault his-
tory:
If a action code and a failure code are not displayed on the machine monitor, check for a mechanical
system failure code and an electrical system failure code with the fault history function of the machine
monitor.
If a failure code is recorded, carry out troubleshooting for the corresponding "Display of code" accord-
ing to that code.
a If an electrical system failure code is recorded, delete all the codes and reproduce them, and then
see if the trouble is still detected.
a A failure code of the mechanical system cannot be deleted.
a If a trouble is displayed in the air conditioner fault history or heater fault history by the fault history
function, carry out the corresponding troubleshooting in "E mode".
3. When action code or failure code is not displayed and no failure code is recorded in fault
history:
If a action code or a failure code is not displayed on the machine monitor and no failure code is recorded
in the fault history, a trouble that the machine cannot find out by itself may have occurred in the electrical
system or hydraulic and mechanical system.
In this case, check the phenomenon looking like a trouble again and select the same phenomenon from
the table of "Phenomena looking like troubles and troubleshooting Nos.", and then carry out trouble-
shooting corresponding to that phenomenon in the "E mode", "H mode", or "S mode".
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4100
799-601-4200
Out of kit
Identifica-
Part No. Part name
tion symbol
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4100
799-601-4200
Out of kit
Identifica-
Part No. Part name
tion symbol
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02718-00
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4100
799-601-4200
Out of kit
Identifica-
Part No. Part name
tion symbol
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02718-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02533-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 1
Failure code [1500L0] (Dual engagement) ..................................................................................................... 3
Failure code [15B0NX] (Transmission oil filter: Clogging)............................................................................... 4
Failure code [15F0KM] (R o F shifting abuse 1: Mistake in operation) .......................................................... 6
Failure code [15F0MB] (R o F shifting abuse 2: Mistake in operation) .......................................................... 6
Failure code [15F7KM] (Forward clutch disk abuse: Mistake in operation or setting)..................................... 7
Failure code [15G0MW] (R clutch: Slipping)................................................................................................... 8
Failure code [15G7KM] (Reverse clutch disk abuse: Mistake in operation or setting).................................. 10
Failure code [15H0MW] (Hi clutch: Slipping) ................................................................................................ 12
Failure code [15J0MW] (Lo clutch: Slipping) ................................................................................................ 14
Failure code [15K0MW] (1st clutch: Slipping) ............................................................................................... 16
Failure code [15L0MW] (2nd clutch: Slipping) .............................................................................................. 18
Failure code [15M0MW] (3rd clutch: Slipping) .............................................................................................. 20
Failure code [15N0MW] (4th clutch: Slipping)............................................................................................... 22
Failure code [15SBL1] (R clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when command current is OFF) ...................... 24
Failure code [15SBMA] (R clutch solenoid: Malfunction).............................................................................. 26
Failure code [15SCL1] (Hi clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when command current is OFF) ..................... 28
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• Output shaft speed can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31400 (rpm)).
information
Related
• Output shaft speed can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31400 (rpm)).
information
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Related
information
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
information
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31600 (mA))
Related • Fill switch input signal can be checked with code: 38919 (0: OFF, 1: ON).
information • If electrical system is normal, check hydraulic and mechanical systems of high clutch or pressure
control valve for defect.
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 2
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble Failed clutch
was detected (Fill switch ON) Action of controller ON/OFF state of
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F7 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F6 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 4H F7 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F5 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 4L F6 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F4 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 3H F5 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F3 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 3L F4 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F2 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
1st
F1 2nd 2L F2 OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRALR3 OFF
Reverse
R 2nd OFF NEUTRALR2 OFF
Low
1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High RH R OFF
N ANY NONE No reaction —
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 2
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble Failed clutch
was detected (Fill switch ON) Action of controller ON/OFF state of
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F7 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F6 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 4H F7 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F5 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 4L F6 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F4 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 3H F5 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F3 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 3L F4 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F2 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
1st
F1 2nd 2L F2 OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRALR3 OFF
Reverse
R 2nd OFF NEUTRALR2 OFF
Low
1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High RH R OFF
N ANY NONE No reaction —
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31602 (mA))
Related • Fill switch input signal can be checked with code: 38919 (0: OFF, 1: ON).
information • If electrical system is normal, check hydraulic and mechanical systems of 1st clutch or pressure
control valve for defect.
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 2
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble Failed clutch
was detected (Fill switch ON) Action of controller ON/OFF state of
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F7 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F6 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 4H F7 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F5 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 4L F6 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F4 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 3H F5 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F3 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 3L F4 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F2 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
1st
F1 2nd 2L F2 OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRALR3 OFF
Reverse
R 2nd OFF NEUTRALR2 OFF
Low
1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High RH R OFF
N ANY NONE No reaction —
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02533-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02533-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02534-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 2
Failure code [15SFL1] (2nd clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when command current is OFF) ..................... 3
Failure code [15SFMA] (2nd clutch solenoid: Malfunction)............................................................................. 6
Failure code [15SGL1] (3rd clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when command current is OFF) ..................... 8
Failure code [15SGMA] (3rd clutch solenoid: Malfunction) ........................................................................... 12
Failure code [15SHL1] (4th clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when command current is OFF).................... 14
Failure code [15SHMA] (4th clutch solenoid: Malfunction) ........................................................................... 18
Failure code [15SJMA] (Lockup clutch solenoid: Malfunction) ..................................................................... 20
Failure code [2F00KM] (Parking brake: Mistake in operation or setting) ...................................................... 21
Failure code [2G42ZG] (Accumulator: Oil pressure reduction (Front)) ......................................................... 24
Failure code [2G43ZG] (Accumulator: Oil pressure reduction (Rear)).......................................................... 24
Failure code [989A00] (Engine over run prevention command signal: Operating) ....................................... 25
Failure code [989D00] (Rear section tipping over alarm: Alarm is activated) ............................................... 25
Failure code [A570NX] (Engine oil filter: Clogging)....................................................................................... 26
Failure code [AA10NX] (Air cleaner element: Clogging)............................................................................... 28
Failure code [AB00MA] (Alternator: Malfunction).......................................................................................... 30
Failure code [B@BAZG] (Abnormal lowering of engine oil pressure: Lowering of oil pressure)................... 32
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
• Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31603 (mA))
Related • Fill switch input signal can be checked with code: 38919 (0: OFF, 1:ON).
information • If electrical system is normal, check hydraulic and mechanical systems of 2nd clutch or pressure
control valve for defect.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
Table 2
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble Failed clutch
was detected (Fill switch ON) Action of controller ON/OFF state of
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F7 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F6 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 4H F7 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F5 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 4L F6 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F4 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 3H F5 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F3 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 3L F4 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F2 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
1st
F1 2nd 2L F2 OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRALR3 OFF
Reverse
R 2nd OFF NEUTRALR2 OFF
Low
1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High RH R OFF
N ANY NONE No reaction —
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31604 (mA))
Related • Fill switch input signal can be checked with code: 38919 (0: OFF, 1:ON).
information • If electrical system is normal, check hydraulic and mechanical systems of 3rd clutch or pressure
control valve for defect.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
Table 2
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble Failed clutch
was detected (Fill switch ON) Action of controller ON/OFF state of
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F7 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F6 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 4H F7 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F5 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 4L F6 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F4 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 3H F5 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F3 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 3L F4 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F2 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
1st
F1 2nd 2L F2 OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Reverse
R 2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High RH R OFF
N ANY NONE No reaction —
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
Table 1
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble
Failed clutch Action of controller ON/OFF state of
was detected
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F7
High High OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th 4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
F6
Low Low 4H F7 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F5
High High 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3rd 4L F6 OFF
F4
Low Low 3H F5 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F3
High High 3L F4 OFF
2nd 2nd 3L F4 OFF
F2
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
1st 1st 2L F2 OFF
F1
Low Low 2H F3 OFF
Reverse Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
R
Low Low RH R OFF
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SHL1] (4th clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when com-
mand current is OFF) 1
Action code Failure code 4th clutch solenoid: Fill signal is ON when command current is
Trouble OFF
E03 15SHL1 (Transmission controller system)
Contents of • When output to 4th clutch ECMV is turned "OFF", signal from fill switch is kept "ON" and clutch is
trouble not disengaged.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lockup system OFF.
Problem that
• Machine travels at gear speeds which use 4th clutch.
appears on
machine • Machine cannot travel in reverse.
• Current output to ECMV can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 31605 (mA)).
Related • Fill switch input signal can be checked with code: 38919 (0: OFF, 1:ON).
information • If electrical system is normal, check hydraulic and mechanical systems of 4th clutch or pressure
control valve for defect.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
Table 2
Remedy against trouble
Speed when trouble Failed clutch
was detected (Fill switch ON) Action of controller ON/OFF state of
(Selected clutch, gear speed) lockup clutch
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F7 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
4th
F6 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 4H F7 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F5 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 4L F6 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd
F4 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 3H F5 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F3 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low 3L F4 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
2nd
F2 1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th 4L F6 OFF
3rd 3L F4 OFF
1st
F1 2nd 2L F2 OFF
Low
Reverse OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High 2H F3 OFF
4th OFF NEUTRAL OFF
3rd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Reverse
R1 2nd OFF NEUTRAL OFF
Low
1st OFF NEUTRAL OFF
High RH R2 OFF
N ANY NONE No reaction —
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31605 (mA))
Related
information • If the electric system is normal, check the hydraulic/mechanical system of the 4th clutch and pres-
sure control valve for a defect.
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31609 (mA))
Related
information • If the electrical system is normal, check for a failure in the hydraulic or mechanical system for
lockup clutch or pressure control valve.
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
Problem that
appears on • If body is lifted in such condition, machine body may tip over.
machine
• Input signal from pitch angle sensor can be checked with monitoring function (code: 32900 (°),
Related 32903 (V)).
information • Information on operation of inclination alarm activation is obtained from transmission controller
through network.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
• When engine speed is above 500 rpm and torque converter oil temperature is above 50°C, and
Contents of
engine coolant temperature is above 67°C, oil filter circuit is opened (disconnected from ground cir-
trouble
cuit).
Action of
• None in particular.
controller
Problem that
appears on • If engine is used for long hours, it may be seized.
machine
Related
information
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
• Input signal from oil temperature sensor can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 30211
Related (°C), 30212 (V)).
information • For troubleshooting for brake (retarder) (rear) oil temperature sensor, see failure code [DGR2KZ].
• If R14 (BCV relay) primary side has trouble, error code [DW78KZ] is displayed.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02534-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02534-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02535-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 3
Failure code [CA111] (Abnormality in engine controller) ................................................................................. 4
Failure code [CA115] (Engine Ne or Bkup speed sensor error)...................................................................... 6
Failure code [CA122] (Charge pressure sensor high error)............................................................................ 8
Failure code [CA123] (Charge pressure sensor low error) ........................................................................... 10
Failure code [CA131] (Throttle sensor high error) ........................................................................................ 12
Failure code [CA132] (Throttle sensor low error).......................................................................................... 14
Failure code [CA135] (Engine oil pressure sensor high error)...................................................................... 16
Failure code [CA141] (Engine oil pressure sensor low error) ....................................................................... 18
Failure code [CA144] (Coolant temperature sensor high error) .................................................................... 20
Failure code [CA145] (Coolant temperature sensor low error) ..................................................................... 22
Failure code [CA153] (Charge temperature sensor high error) .................................................................... 24
Failure code [CA154] (Charge temperature sensor low error)...................................................................... 26
Failure code [CA187] (Sensor power supply 2 low error) ............................................................................. 26
Failure code [CA212] (Engine oil temperature sensor high error) ................................................................ 28
Failure code [CA213] (Engine oil temperature sensor low error).................................................................. 30
Failure code [CA221] (Atmospheric pressure sensor high error).................................................................. 32
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Engine oil pressure sensor high error
Trouble
E01 CA135 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil pressure to default (250 kPa {2.5 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• The input state (oil pressure) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
function (Code: 37200 (kPa)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 37201 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Engine oil pressure sensor low error
Trouble
E01 CA141 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil pressure to default (250 kPa {2.5 kg/cm2}), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• The input state (oil pressure) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
function (Code: 37200 (kPa)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 37201 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Engine oil temperature sensor high error
Trouble
E01 CA212 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil temperature to fixed value (100°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• The input state (temperature) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the moni-
toring function (Code: 42700 (°C)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 42702 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Engine oil temperature sensor low error
Trouble
E01 CA213 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Sets engine oil temperature to fixed value (100°C), and continues operation.
controller
Problem that
appears on
machine
• The input state (oil temperature) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the
monitoring function (Code: 42700 (°C)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the engine oil temperature sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 42702 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 49
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
50 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 51
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
52 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 53
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
54 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 55
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
56 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 57
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
58 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 59
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
60 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 61
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
62 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 63
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
64 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 65
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
66 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 67
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
68 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02535-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 69
SEN02535-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
70 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02536-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 4
Failure code [CA431] (Trouble in idle validation switch) ................................................................................. 4
Failure code [CA432] (Idle validation action error).......................................................................................... 6
Failure code [CA441] (Battery voltage low error) ............................................................................................ 6
Failure code [CA442] (Battery voltage high error) .......................................................................................... 7
Failure code [CA449] (Common rail pressure high error 2) ............................................................................ 7
Failure code [CA451] (Common rail pressure sensor high error) ................................................................... 8
Failure code [CA452] (Common rail pressure sensor low error)................................................................... 10
Failure code [CA553] (Common rail pressure high error 1) ...........................................................................11
Failure code [CA554] (Common rail pressure sensor: In-range error).......................................................... 12
Failure code [CA559] (Supply pump pressure very low error) ...................................................................... 13
Failure code [CA689] (Engine Ne speed sensor error)................................................................................. 16
Failure code [CA731] (Engine Bkup speed sensor phase error) .................................................................. 18
Failure code [CA757] (All continuous data lost error) ................................................................................... 19
Failure code [CA778] (Engine Bkup speed sensor error) ............................................................................. 20
Failure code [CA1633] (KOMNET datalink timeout error)............................................................................. 22
Failure code [CA2185] (Throttle sensor supply voltage high error) .............................................................. 24
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
Fig. 1
Pedal: Stroke of accelerator pedal
Output voltage: Output voltage (%)
Sig1: Signal voltage of throttle sensor
Sig2: Signal voltage of idle validation switch 1
Sig3: Signal voltage of idle validation switch 2
Lo: Switch circuit is closed
Hi: Switch circuit is open
Switch gap: Overlap between signals of switch 1
and switch 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Common rail pressure sensor high error
Trouble
E03 CA451 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Common rail pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high.
trouble
Action of
• Limits output for travel (Limits common rail pressure)
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine output drops.
machine
• The input state (common rail pressure) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with
the monitoring function (Code: 36400 (MPa)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 36402 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Common rail pressure sensor low error
Trouble
E03 CA452 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Common rail pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low.
trouble
Action of
• Limits output and continues operation (limits common rail pressure).
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine output lowers.
machine
• The input state (common rail pressure) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with
the monitoring function (Code: 36400 (MPa)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 36402 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Common rail pressure sensor: In-range error
Trouble
E03 CA554 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• In-range error occurred in common rail pressure sensor circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Limits output and continues operation (limits common rail pressure).
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine output lowers.
machine
• The input state (common rail pressure) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with
the monitoring function (Code: 36400 (MPa)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 36402 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
Action code Failure code Supply pump pressure very low error
Trouble
E03 CA559 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• There is no-pressure feed error (level 1) in supply pump.
trouble
Action of
• Limits common rail pressure.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine output lowers.
machine
• The input state (common rail pressure) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with
Related
the monitoring function (Code: 36400 (MPa)).
information
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Fig. 1: Locations of overflow valve (1), bypass valve (2), and fuel inlet joint (3)
q Overflow valve (1): Spring is seen through both holes.
q Bypass valve (2): Spring is seen through hole on nut side.
q Fuel inlet joint (3): Gauze filter is seen through both holes.
Note 2: Check, clean, and replace the filters and strainers according to the following procedure.
q Fuel filter: Replace. (Replace both prefilter and main filter.)
q Water separator: Disassemble and check. If screen (4) is clogged, clean it. (See Fig. 2.)
q Gauze filter: Disassemble and check. Clean, if clogged.
q Upstream strainer of gauze filter: Disassemble and check. Clean, if clogged.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
B. Check with machine monitor (Abnormality record, monitoring, cylinder cut-out operation) Good Bad
3 Checking error and failure codes / / / /
Checking monitoring information
Standard value Measured
Code Display item Check conditions Unit Good Bad
(Reference value) value
Low idle rpm 750 ± 50
01002 Engine speed High idle rpm 2,270 ± 50
Full stall (P-mode) rpm 1,910 ± 100
Position of accelerator Low idle % 0
31701
pedal High idle % 100
Common rail pressure
4 36200 Rating or equivalent MPa
command
36400 Common rail fuel pressure Rating or equivalent MPa
Low idle CA — — —
36300 Injection timing command High idle CA — — —
Rating or equivalent CA — — —
kPa Min. 160
36500 Boost pressure Rating or equivalent — —
{mmHg} {Min. 1,200}
04104 Engine coolant temperature Low idle °C — — —
04204 Fuel temperature Low idle °C — — —
Checking cylinder cut-out operation (Engine speed)
Standard value Measured
Function Cut-out cylinder Check conditions Unit Good Bad
(Reference value) value
Cylinder 1 Low idle rpm — — —
5 Cylinder 2 Low idle rpm — — —
Cylinder
Cylinder 3 Low idle rpm — — —
cut-out
Cylinder 4 Low idle rpm — — —
function
Cylinder 5 Low idle rpm — — —
Cylinder 6 Low idle rpm — — —
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Engine Bkup speed sensor phase error
Trouble
E03 CA731 (Engine controller system)
Contents of • There is phase error in engine Bkup speed sensor circuit.
trouble (Bkup speed sensor signal and Ne speed sensor signal are out of phase.)
Action of
• Controls the engine with signal from engine Ne speed sensor.
controller
Problem that
• Engine stops during operations. (When engine Ne speed sensor is also defective)
appears on
• Engine cannot be started during operations. (When engine Ne speed sensor is also defective)
machine
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine.
Related
a If Bkup speed sensor needs to be replaced, fuel supply pump must be replaced.
information
(See "Disassembly and assembly", "Removal and installation of fuel supply pump".)
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Throttle sensor supply voltage high error
Trouble
E03 CA2185 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Voltage of throttle sensor power supply (5V) circuit is high.
trouble
Action of
• Runs the engine at position of throttle 0% when accelerator pedal is OFF and at 36% when it is ON.
controller
Problem that
appears on • When accelerator pedal is pressed fully, engine speed does not rise above medium level.
machine
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
information
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Throttle sensor power supply low error
Trouble
E03 CA2186 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Voltage of throttle sensor power supply (5V) circuit is low.
trouble
Action of
• Runs the engine at position of throttle 0% when accelerator pedal is OFF and at 36% when it is ON.
controller
Problem that
appears on • When accelerator pedal is pressed fully, engine speed does not rise above medium level.
machine
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
information
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
Action code Failure code Supply pump pressure very low error 2
Trouble
E03 CA2249 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• There is no-pressure feed error (level 2) in supply pump.
trouble
Action of
• Limits common rail pressure.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine output drops.
machine
• The input state (common rail pressure) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with
the monitoring function (Code: 36400 (MPa)).
Related
• The input state (voltage) from the common rail pressure sensor can be checked with the monitoring
information
function (Code: 36402 (V)).
• Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Intake heater relay voltage low error
Trouble
E01 CA2555 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Disconnection error was detected in intake air heater relay circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Automatic preheating (to be started when engine coolant temperature is below -5 °C) is not started.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not start easily at low temperature.
machine
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
information
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action code Failure code Intake heater relay voltage high error
Trouble
E01 CA2556 (Engine controller system)
Contents of
• Short circuit was detected in intake heater relay circuit.
trouble
Action of
• Automatic preheating (to be started when engine coolant temperature is below -5 °C) is not started.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Engine does not start easily at low temperature.
machine
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn the starting switch ON.
information
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02536-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02536-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02537-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 5
Failure code [D19HKB] (Stop lamp relay output system: Short circuit)........................................................... 3
Failure code [D5ZKKZ] (Front brake cut-off solenoid valve:
Disconnection, short circuit or short circuit to power sorce line) .............................................................. 4
Failure code [DAF9KM] Wrong connection of connector ................................................................................ 6
Failure code [DAFRKR] (Abnormal CAN communication (machine monitor):
Abnormal communication) ....................................................................................................................... 8
Failure code [DAQ0KK] (Transmission controller direct power supply:
Lowering of source voltage)................................................................................................................... 10
Failure code [DAQ0KT] (Transmission controller nonvolatile memory:
Abnormality in controller) ....................................................................................................................... 12
Failure code [DAQ2KK] (Transmission controller solenoid power source:
Power source voltage too low)............................................................................................................... 13
Failure code [DAQ9KQ] (Transmission controller: Disagreement of model selection) ................................. 14
Failure code [DAQRKR] (Abnormality in CAN communication (Transmission)) ........................................... 14
Failure code [DAQRMA] (Transmission controller option setting: Malfunction) ............................................ 15
Failure code [DB10KT] (Retarder controller nonvolatile memory: Abnormality in controller)........................ 15
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
Failure code [D19HKB] (Stop lamp relay output system: Short circuit) 1
Action code Failure code Stop lamp relay output system: Short circuit
Trouble
E01 D19HKB (Retarder controller system)
Contents of
• When signal was output to stop lamp relay, abnormal current flowed.
trouble
Action of • Turns output to stop lamp relay OFF.
controller • If cause of failure disappears, system resets itself.
Problem that
appears on • Stop lamp does not light up.
machine
Related
information
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
information
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
information
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
information
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
Related
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
information
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
information
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
information
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 49
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
50 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 51
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
52 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 53
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
54 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 55
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
56 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 57
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
58 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 59
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
60 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 61
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
62 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 63
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 38919).
information
64 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 65
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
66 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 67
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
68 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 69
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
70 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 71
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
• The voltage of the signal circuit of the transmission oil temperature sensor is below 0.97 V (above
Contents of 150°C) or only transmission oil temperature is low (transmission oil temperature sensor signal cir-
trouble cuit voltage is above 4.56 V (below 15 °C) and torque converter and brake oil temperature sensor
voltage is below 3.7 V (above 55 °C).
Action of
• The controller controls the clutch oil pressure, fixing the sensed oil temperature high.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Gear shift shocks become large.
machine
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 32500 (°C), 32501 (V)).
Related
information • After repairing the failure and confirming resetting of the machine, perform the initial learning of the
transmission controller, referring to TESTING AND ADJUSTING, "Inspection of machine monitor".
72 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 73
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
74 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 75
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Signal circuit voltage of steering oil temperature sensor has reached 0.97 V (more than 150 °C) or
only steering oil temperature is low (signal circuit voltage of steering oil temperature sensor is above
Contents of
4.56 V (less than 15 °C)).
trouble
• Oil temperature sensor voltages of torque converter and brake are below 3.7 V (more than 55 °C )
and normal.
Action of
• None in particular.
controller
Problem that
appears on • Steering oil temperature gauge does not indicate properly.
machine
• Input signal from oil temperature sensor can be checked with monitoring function.
Related 1) Steering oil temperature sensor (codes: 32701 (°C) and 32702) (V))
information 2) Torque converter oil temperature sensor (codes: 30100 (°C) and 30101 (V))
3) Retarder oil temperature sensor (codes: 30211 (°C) and 30212 (V))
76 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 77
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
• The voltage of the signal circuit of the torque converter oil temperature sensor is below 0.97 V
Contents of (above 150°C) or when transmission valve oil temperature signal voltage is below 0.37 V (above
trouble 5C°) and there is no abnormality, torque converter oil temperature sensor signal circuit voltage is
above 4.56 V (below 15°C).
Action of
• None in particular.
controller
Problem that
appears on • The torque converter oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally.
machine
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 30100 (°C), 30101 (V)).
information
78 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02537-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 79
SEN02537-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
80 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02538-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 6
Failure code [DHP6KA] (Suspension pressure sensor system:
Disconnection right rear).......................................................................................................................... 3
Failure code [DHP6KX] (Failure in suspension pressure sensor system trouble:
Out of input signal range (Right rear)) ..................................................................................................... 4
Failure code [DHP6KY] (Suspension pressure sensor system: Short circuit (Right rear)) ............................. 6
Failure code [DHP6KZ] (Suspension pressure sensor system:
Disconnection or ground fault (Right rear)).............................................................................................. 6
Failure code [DHP7KA] (Suspension pressure sensor system: Disconnection (Left rear)) ............................ 7
Failure code [DHP7KX] (Failure in suspension pressure sensor system trouble:
Out of input signal range) (Left rear)........................................................................................................ 8
Failure code [DHP7KY] (Suspension pressure sensor system:
Short circuit (Left rear)) .......................................................................................................................... 10
Failure code [DHP7KZ] (Suspension pressure sensor system:
Disconnection or ground fault (Left rear)) ...............................................................................................11
Failure code [DHT5KX] (Torque converter oil pressure sensor: Out of input signal range) .......................... 12
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Action of
controller • None in particular.
Problem that
appears on • The fuel level gauge does not indicate normally.
machine
Related
information z)).
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 04200 (V), 04201 (z
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
Action of
controller • None in particular.
Problem that
appears on • Since steering angle signal is not input to retarder controller, ASR may not operate normally and
machine tires may slip consequently.
Related
information
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Problem that
appears on • This failure does not have a serious effect on the machine.
machine
Related
information • This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 35403 (rad/s)).
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DKH0KX] (Pitch angle sensor: Out of input signal range) 1
Action code Failure code Pitch angle sensor: Out of input signal range
Trouble
E01 DKH0KX (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • Voltage in signal circuit of Inclination sensor has become below 0.5 V or above 4.5 V.
Action of
controller • None in particular.
Problem that
appears on • Machine pitch angle abnormality [989D00] cannot be detected.
machine
• Signal from Inclination sensor can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 32900 (°) and 32903
Related
(V)).
information
• Cannot detect tipping over.
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 31200 (rpm)).
information
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 31200 (rpm)).
information
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 31300 (rpm)).
information
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 31300 (V)).
information
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02538-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02538-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02539-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 7
Failure code [DLF8KA] (Wheel speed sensor: Disconnection (Right rear)).................................................... 4
Failure code [DLF8L3] (Wheel speed sensor: Disconnection (Right rear)) .................................................... 6
Failure code [DLF8LC] (Wheel speed sensor: Trouble (Right rear)) .............................................................. 8
Failure code [DLF8MA] (Wheel speed sensor: Disconnection (Right rear)) ................................................... 9
Failure code [DLF9KA] (Wheel speed sensor: Disconnection (Left rear)) .................................................... 10
Failure code [DLF9L3] (Wheel speed sensor: Trouble (Left rear)) ............................................................... 12
Failure code [DLF9LC] (Wheel speed sensor: Trouble (Left rear)) ............................................................... 14
Failure code [DLF9MA] (Wheel speed sensor: Disconnection (Left rear)) ................................................... 15
Failure code [DLT3KA] (Transmission output shaft speed sensor: Disconnection) ...................................... 16
Failure code [DLT3LC] (Transmission output shaft speed sensor:
Disagreement of revolution speed signal) ............................................................................................. 18
Failure code [DLT4KA] (Transmission output shaft speed sensor: Disconnection) ...................................... 20
Failure code [DLT4MA] (Transmission output shaft speed sensor: Malfunction) .......................................... 22
Failure code [DV00KB] (Buzzer output: Short circuit)................................................................................... 24
Failure code [DW2AKA] (Main pressure variable valve output: Disconnection) ........................................... 26
Failure code [DW2AKB] (Main pressure variable valve output circuit: Ground fault).................................... 28
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DW2AKY] (Main pressure variable valve output circuit: Hot short) ......................................... 30
Failure code [DW2AL1] (Main pressure variable valve: Defective reset)...................................................... 32
Failure code [DW2ALH] (Main pressure variable valve: Malfunction)........................................................... 34
Failure code [DW35KZ] (Failure in output system of auto suspension solenoid 1:
Disconnection or short circuit)................................................................................................................ 36
Failure code [DW36KZ] (Failure in output system of auto suspension solenoid 2:
Disconnection or short circuit) (If equipped) .......................................................................................... 38
Failure code [DW72KZ] (Kick-out solenoid output system trouble: Disconnection or short circuit) .............. 40
Failure code [DW73KZ] (Failure in hoist select valve output system: Disconnection or short circuit)........... 42
Failure code [DW78KZ] (Brake cooling valve (BCV) (rear wheel) output system trouble:
Disconnection or short circuit)................................................................................................................ 44
Failure code [DWNBK4] (ASR shut-off valve: Trouble (Valve keeps operating)) .......................................... 46
Failure code [DWNBKA] (ASR shut-off valve output circuit: Disconnection) ................................................ 48
Failure code [DWNBKB] (ASR shut-off valve output circuit: Ground fault) ................................................... 50
Failure code [DWNBKY] (ASR shut-off valve output circuit: Short circuit) .................................................... 52
Failure code [DWNBMA] (ASR shut-off valve: Trouble (Valve does not operate))........................................ 53
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 31400 (rpm)).
information
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Transmission output shaft speed can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 31400 (rpm),
Related
31403 (rpm)). Wheel speed can be also checked with monitoring function (Code: 39704 (rpm),
information
39705 (rpm)).
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Output state to main pressure variable valve solenoid can be checked with monitoring function
Related (Code: 31643 (mA)).
information • Signal is not output to main pressure variable valve solenoid circuit until starting switch is turned
OFF once.
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Output state to main pressure variable valve solenoid can be checked with monitoring function
Related (Code: 31643 (mA)).
information • Signal is not output to main pressure variable valve solenoid circuit until starting switch is turned
OFF once.
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DW78KZ] (Brake cooling valve (BCV) (rear wheel) output
system trouble: Disconnection or short circuit) 1
Action code Failure code Brake cooling valve (BCV) (rear wheel) output system trouble:
Trouble Disconnection or short circuit
E01 DW78KZ (Retarder controller system)
Contents of • Since no current flows or overcurrent flows in BCV relay primary side, BCV relay cannot be turned
trouble ON/OFF. Accordingly, BCV solenoid cannot be driven.
Action of • Stops supplying current when BCV circuit is disconnected.
controller • Turns output to BCV relay (R14) primary side OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Since retarder is not cooled, it may overheat.
machine
Related
• For troubleshooting for BCV relay (R14) secondary side, see [B@C7NS].
information
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON. (When check result of Cause
value in normal harness 1 is normal)
state 2 (Disconnection in wiring Resis-
Between J04 (male) (42) – (43) 5 – 15 z
or defective contact in tance
connector) Resis-
Between BRC3 (female) (15) – (23) 5 – 15 z
tance
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, retarder controller may be
3 Defective retarder controller defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be
carried out.)
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 49
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
50 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 51
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
52 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02539-00
Failure code [DWNBMA] (ASR shut-off valve: Trouble (Valve does not
operate)) 1
Action code Failure code ASR shut-off valve: Trouble (Valve does not operate)
Trouble
E01 DWNBKY (Retarder controller system)
Contents of
• ASR pressure sensor does not respond to shut-off valve ON command of retarder controller.
trouble
Action of
• Stops controlling ASR.
controller
Problem that
• Retarder is not controlled normally.
appears on
machine • ASR is not controlled normally.
• ASR pressure sensor is turned ON when pressure is 0.7 MPa {7 kg/cm²} or above. (In range of 0.3
Related
MPa {3 kg/cm²} – 0.7 MPa {7 kg/cm²}, operation of sensor is unstable because of hysteresis.)
information
• If ASR shut-off valve has electrical trouble, code [DWNBKA], [DWNBKB] or [DWNBKY] is output.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 53
SEN02539-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
54 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02540-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 8
Failure code [DX11K4] (Rear brake proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve: Out of control).............. 4
Failure code [DX11KA] (Rear brake proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve output circuit:
Disconnection) ......................................................................................................................................... 6
Failure code [DX11KB] (Rear brake proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve: Short circuit) ................ 7
Failure code [DX11KY] (Rear brake proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve:
Short circuit to power source line) ........................................................................................................... 8
Failure code [DX11MA] (Rear brake proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve: Malfunction) ................ 9
Failure code [DX13KA] (Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Disconnection) .................................................. 10
Failure code [DX13KB] (Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Short circuit) ..................................................... 12
Failure code [DX13KY] (Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Short circuit with power source line) ................. 14
Failure code [DX17K4] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (right):
Trouble (Valve keeps operating)) ........................................................................................................... 16
Failure code [DX17KA] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (right) output circuit:
Disconnection) ....................................................................................................................................... 18
Failure code [DX17KB] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (right) output circuit:
Ground fault).......................................................................................................................................... 20
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DX17KY] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (right) output circuit:
Short circuit)........................................................................................................................................... 22
Failure code [DX17MA] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (right):
Trouble (Valve does not operate)).......................................................................................................... 22
Failure code [DX18K4] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (left):
Trouble (Valve keeps operating)) ........................................................................................................... 24
Failure code [DX18KA] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (left) output circuit:
Disconnection) ....................................................................................................................................... 26
Failure code [DX18KB] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (left) output circuit:
Ground fault) .......................................................................................................................................... 28
Failure code [DX18KY] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (left) output circuit:
Short circuit)........................................................................................................................................... 30
Failure code [DX18MA] (ASR proportional pressure reducing solenoid valve (left):
Trouble (Valve does not operate)).......................................................................................................... 30
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
Related • Condition of retarder oil pressure switch can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 40932)
information (bit [3], 0:OFF, 1:ON).
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DX13KB] (Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Short circuit)1
Action code Failure code Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Short circuit
Trouble
E03 DX13KB (Retarder controller system)
Contents of
• When the output to the hoist EPC valve solenoid circuit is ON, a too large current flows.
trouble
Action of • The controller turns the output to the hoist select valve solenoid OFF.
controller • The controller turns the output to the hoist EPC valve solenoid OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Body does not operate.
machine
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 45600 (mA)).
information
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DX13KY] (Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Short circuit
with power source line) 1
Action code Failure code Output circuit of hoist EPC valve: Short circuit with power source
Trouble line
E03 DX13KY (Retarder controller system)
Contents of
• While the output to the hoist EPC valve solenoid circuit is OFF, some large current is flowing.
trouble
Action of • The controller turns the output to the hoist select valve solenoid OFF.
controller • The controller turns the output to the hoist EPC valve solenoid OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Body does not operate.
machine
Related
• This failure can be checked in the monitoring function (Code: 45600 (mA)).
information
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Defective ASR proportional a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect ASR4, then carry out
pressure reducing solenoid troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
valve (right) solenoid (Inter- ASR4 (male) Resistance
nal disconnection) Between (1) – (2) 20 z
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON. (When check result of Cause
value in normal harness 1 is normal)
state 2 (Disconnection in wiring Resis-
Between J04 (male) (36) – (37) 20 z
or defective contact in tance
connector) Resis-
Between BRC3 (female) (26) – (23) 20 z
tance
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, retarder controller may be
3 Defective retarder controller defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be
carried out.)
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Defective ASR proportional a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect ASR4, then carry out
pressure reducing solenoid troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
valve (right) solenoid (Inter- ASR4 (male) Resistance
nal short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 20 z
a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect BRC3 and ASR4, then
Grounding fault in wiring carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
2 harness
(Contact with ground circuit) Between BRC3 (female) (26) – ground Resis-
Possible causes Min. 1 Mz
tance
and standard
value in normal a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect BRC3 and ASR4, then
Short circuit in wiring carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
state
3 harness
(with another wiring harness) Wiring harness between BRC3 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(26) – BRC3 (female) (pin other than (26)) tance
a Turn starting switch OFF and insert T-adapter in BRC3, then
Hot short (Contact with 24 V turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
circuit) in wiring harness
Between BRC3 (female) (26) – ground Voltage Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, retarder controller may be defec-
5 Defective retarder controller tive. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried
out.)
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Defective ASR proportional a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect ASR3, then carry out
pressure reducing solenoid troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
valve (left) solenoid (Internal ASR3 (male) Resistance
disconnection) Between (1) – (2) 20 z
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard Disconnection in wiring without turning starting switch ON. (When check result of Cause
value in normal harness 1 is normal)
state 2 (Disconnection in wiring Resis-
Between J04 (male) (38) – (39) 20 z
or defective contact in tance
connector) Resis-
Between BRC3 (female) (36) – (23) 20 z
tance
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, retarder controller may be
3 Defective retarder controller defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be
carried out.)
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
Defective ASR proportional a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect ASR3, then carry out
pressure reducing solenoid troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
valve (left) solenoid (Internal ASR3 (male) Resistance
short circuit) Between (1) – (2) 20 z
a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect BRC3 and ASR3, then
Grounding fault in wiring carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
2 harness
(Contact with ground circuit) Between BRC3 (female) (36) – ground Resis-
Possible causes Min. 1 Mz
tance
and standard
value in normal a Turn starting switch OFF and disconnect BRC3 and ASR3, then
Short circuit in wiring carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
state
3 harness
(with another wiring harness) Wiring harness between BRC3 (female) Resis-
Min. 1 Mz
(36) – BRC3 (female) (pin other than (36)) tance
a Turn starting switch OFF and insert T-adapter in BRC3, then
Hot short (Contact with 24 V turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
circuit) in wiring harness
Between BRC3 (female) (36) – ground Voltage Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, retarder controller may be defec-
5 Defective retarder controller tive. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried
out.)
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02540-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02540-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02541-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code, Part 9
Failure code [DXH1KA] (Lockup clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ............................................. 3
Failure code [DXH1KB] (Lockup clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)................................................. 4
Failure code [DXH1KY] (Lockup clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line) ............... 5
Failure code [DXH2KA] (Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ..................................................... 6
Failure code [DXH2KB] (Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ......................................................... 8
Failure code [DXH2KY] (Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line)...................... 10
Failure code [DXH3KA] (Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection)................................................... 14
Failure code [DXH3KB] (Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ...................................................... 16
Failure code [DXH3KY] (Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit in power source line) ..................... 18
Failure code [DXH4KA] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) .................................................. 22
Failure code [DXH4KB] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ..................................................... 24
Failure code [DXH4KY] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line) .................... 26
Failure code [DXH5KA] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection)................................................. 30
Failure code [DXH5KB] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) .................................................... 32
Failure code [DXH5KY] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit in power source line) ................... 34
Failure code [DXH6KA] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ................................................. 38
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH6KB] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit) ..................................................... 40
Failure code [DXH6KY] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line) .................... 42
Failure code [DXH7KA] (R clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) .................................................... 46
Failure code [DXH7KB] (R clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)........................................................ 48
Failure code [DXH7KY] (R clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line)....................... 50
Failure code [DXHHKA] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Disconnection) ................................................. 52
Failure code [DXHHKB] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)..................................................... 54
Failure code [DXHHKY] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line).................... 56
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
• As solenoid detects disconnection while output is ON, be sure to turn output ON to check operation
after repair.
Related infor- • Output current to lockup solenoid can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 31609 (mA)).
mation • Since output is turned ON and self-check is performed for 5 seconds after starting switch is turned
ON, wait for 5 seconds without starting the engine.
• If trouble has not been repaired, error is detected again.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Contents of • When signal is output to lockup clutch solenoid, much current flows, or while signal is OFF, some
trouble current flows.
Action of • Keeps gear speed used for travel and turns lockup operation OFF.
controller • Even if cause of failure disappears, system does not reset itself until starting switch is turned OFF.
Problem that
• Lockup system is kept OFF.
appears on
machine • If gearshift lever is set in N, machine cannot restart until it stops.
Related infor-
mation • Output current to lockup solenoid can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 31609 (mA)).
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Action of • Keeps gear speed used for travel and turns lockup operation OFF.
controller • Even if cause of failure disappears, system does not reset itself until starting switch is turned OFF.
Problem that • Cannot change gear speed.
appears on • Keeps lockup OFF
machine • When gear shift lever is operated to N, machine cannot move off.
Related infor-
mation • Output current to lockup solenoid can be checked with monitoring function (Code: 31609 (mA))
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
• As solenoid detects disconnection while output is ON, be sure to turn output ON to check operation
after repair.
Related infor- • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked with monitoring function (code: 31600 (mA)).
mation • Since output is turned ON and self-check is performed for 5 seconds after starting switch is turned
ON, wait for 5 seconds without starting the engine.
• If trouble has not been repaired, error is detected again.
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH2KB] (Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)1
Action code Failure code Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
Trouble
E03 DXH2KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • Abnormally excessive current flows while output to Hi clutch ECMV is ON.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31600 (mA)).
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH2KY] (Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
to power source line) 1
Action code Failure code Hi clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line
Trouble
E03 DXH2KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • When output to Hi clutch ECMV is OFF, electric current flows.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31600 (mA)).
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
• As solenoid detects disconnection while output is ON, be sure to turn output ON to check operation
after repair.
Related infor- • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked with monitoring function (code: 31601 (mA)).
mation • Since output is turned ON and self-check is performed for 5 seconds after starting switch is turned
ON, wait for 5 seconds without starting the engine.
• If trouble has not been repaired, error is detected again.
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH3KB] (Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)1
Action code Failure code Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
Trouble
E03 DXH3KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • Excessive current flows while output to Lo clutch ECMV is ON.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31601 (mA)).
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH3KY] (Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
in power source line) 1
Action code Failure code Lo clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line
Trouble
E03 DXH3KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • When output to Lo clutch ECMV is turned “OFF“, current flows to circuit.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31601 (mA)).
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
• As solenoid detects disconnection while output is ON, be sure to turn output ON to check operation
after repair.
Related infor- • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked with monitoring function (code: 31602 (mA)).
mation • Since output is turned ON and self-check is performed for 5 seconds after starting switch is turned
ON, wait for 5 seconds without starting the engine.
• If trouble has not been repaired, error is detected again.
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH4KB] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit)1
Action code Failure code 1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
Trouble
E03 DXH4KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • Abnormally excessive current flows when output to 1st clutch ECMV is ON.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31602 (mA)).
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH4KY] (1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
to power source line) 1
Action code Failure code 1st clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line
Trouble
E03 DXH4KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • When output to 1st clutch ECMV is "OFF", current flows to circuit.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31602 (mA)).
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
• As solenoid detects disconnection while output is ON, be sure to turn output ON to check operation
after repair.
Related infor- • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked with monitoring function (code: 31603 (mA)).
mation • Since output is turned ON and self-check is performed for 5 seconds after starting switch is turned
ON, wait for 5 seconds without starting the engine.
• If trouble has not been repaired, error is detected again.
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH5KB] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short cir-
cuit) 1
Action code Failure code 2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
Trouble
E03 DXH5KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • Abnormally excessive current flows while output to 2nd clutch ECMV is ON.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31603 (mA)).
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH5KY] (2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
in power source line) 1
Action code Failure code 2nd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit in power source line
Trouble
E03 DXH5KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • When output to 2nd clutch ECMV is "OFF", current flows to circuit.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31603 (mA)).
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
• As solenoid detects disconnection while output is ON, be sure to turn output ON to check operation
after repair.
Related infor- • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked with monitoring function (code: 31604 (mA)).
mation • Since output is turned ON and self-check is performed for 5 seconds after starting switch is turned
ON, wait for 5 seconds without starting the engine.
• If trouble has not been repaired, error is detected again.
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH6KB] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short cir-
cuit) 1
Action code Failure code 3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
Trouble
E03 DXH6KB (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • Abnormally excessive current flows while output to 3rd clutch ECMV is ON.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 1 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31604 (mA)).
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 1
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH6KY] (3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
to power source line) 1
Action code Failure code 3rd clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line
Trouble
E03 DXH6KY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • When output to 3rd clutch ECMV is OFF, current flows to circuit.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31604 (mA)).
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 49
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
50 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 51
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
52 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 53
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
54 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 55
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHHKY] (4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit
to power source line) 1
Action code Failure code 4th clutch solenoid output circuit: Short circuit to power source line
Trouble
E03 DXHHKY (Transmission controller system)
Contents of
trouble • When output to 4th clutch ECMV is OFF, current flows to circuit.
• Shifts up and holds the gear speed as shown in Table 2 depending on the gear speed before fail-
Action of
ure.
controller
• Turns lock up to OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Once the gear shift lever is set to neutral, the machine can not move off in any gear speeds.
machine
Related infor-
mation • Electric current of output to ECMV can be checked by monitoring function (code: 31605 (mA)).
56 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
Table 2
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 57
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
58 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02541-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 59
SEN02541-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
60 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02542-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of electrical system
(E-mode)
Before troubleshooting of electric system ....................................................................................................... 3
Contents of troubleshooting table ................................................................................................................... 4
E-1 Engine does not start ............................................................................................................................... 5
E-2 Automatic preheating does not operate ................................................................................................... 8
E-3 Machine monitor does not display all, when starting switch is turned ON.............................................. 12
E-4 Machine monitor does not operate when starting switch is OFF............................................................ 14
E-5 Alarm buzzer does not sound................................................................................................................. 16
E-6 Gauges of machine monitor, caution lamps or character display
section do not display properly. ............................................................................................................. 18
E-7 A selection of the display in character display section cannot be changed............................................ 19
E-8 Power mode selecting function does not operate properly .................................................................... 22
E-9 AISS function does not operate properly................................................................................................ 23
E-10 Seat belt caution lamp does not display properly................................................................................. 24
E-11 Turn signal lamp or turning lamp (hazard lamp) do not work properly ................................................. 25
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
<Contents>
• The standard values in normalcy by which to judge "Good"
or "No Good" about presumed causes.
1
• References for making judgement of "Good" or "No Good".
This is part of the electrical circuit diagram which shows the portion where the failure occurred.
• Connector No.: Indicates (Type - numbers of a pin) (color)
• Arrow ( ) : Roughly indicates the location in the machine where it is installed.
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
E-3 Machine monitor does not display all, when starting switch is turned
ON 1
Trouble Lamps and gauges of machine monitor do not display all, when starting switch is turned ON.
Related
• When the machine related failure code is not displayed (if displayed, troubleshooting the code first.)
information
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
E-4 Machine monitor does not operate when starting switch is OFF 1
Service meter and travel distance integrating meter, turn signal pilot lamp, and high beam pilot lamp
Trouble
do not flash, if the switches are operated with starting switch OFF.
Related
• When the machine related failure code is not displayed (if displayed, troubleshooting the code first.)
information
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (2) When the mode selector switch 2 circuit for machine monitor is defective
Related
information
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
E-11 Turn signal lamp or turning lamp (hazard lamp) do not work properly1
Trouble Turn signal lamp or turning lamp (hazard lamp) do not flash.
Explanation of circuit
1) If 24 V is input to pin (3), the flasher keeps outputting signals of 24 V and 0 V from pin (4) repeat-
edly.
2) The input of 24 V to flasher pin (3) is changed by relay (R17). It is supplied through BT1 for turn sig-
nal lamp and through BT2 for hazard lamp.
3) The flasher output is supplied constantly (regardless of the position of the switch) through connector
Related
(CM) to pin (6) of the turn switch and to pins (1) and (3) of hazard relay (R16).
information
4) When the turn switch is turned ON, the flashing signal is input to pin (6) of connector (CM) and the
turn switch sends that signal to the left side (pin (7)) or right side (pin (8)).
5) If the hazard switch is pressed, pins (1) and (3) of relay (HAZ) are connected and hazard relays 1
(R16) and 2 (R17) are turned ON. Hazard relay 2 (R17) changes the power supply from BT1 to
BT2 and hazard relay 1 (R16) connects the flashing signal from the flasher to both of the right side
and left side.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 29
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
Small lamps (clearance lamp and tail lamp) or night illumination do not light up at the "first detent"
Trouble (2)
position of the lamp switch.
Related • When the head lamps light up.
information a See circuit diagram (1).
Trouble (3) Left small lamp (clearance lamp and tail lamp) does not "left" light up.
Related • Carry out following troubleshooting when right small lamp and headlamps light up.
information a See circuit diagram (1).
30 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
Trouble (4) Right small lamp (clearance lamp) does not "right" light up.
Related • Carry out following troubleshooting when left small lamp and headlamps light up.
information a See circuit diagram (1).
Trouble (5) Left small lamp (tail lamp) does not "left" light up.
Related • Carry out following troubleshooting when right tail lamp and headlamps light up.
information a See circuit diagram (1).
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 31
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (6) Right small lamp (clearance lamp) does not "right" light up.
Related
• Carry out following troubleshooting when left tail lamp and headlamps light up.
information
32 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 33
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
34 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 35
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
36 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
Trouble (9) Headlamp "low beam" and "high beam" do not light up.
Related • Carry out following troubleshooting when small lamps light up.
information a See circuit diagram (7).
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 37
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (11) The brightness of the night illumination does not change, even if the rheostat is operated.
Related
information
38 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 39
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
40 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 41
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
42 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
a The 5 factors in causing the trouble that "the emergency steering operates by itself (while the switch is
turned OFF)" are as follows. (Factors 4) and 5) can cause this trouble only when they occur simulta-
neously.)
1) The emergency steering relay is kept turned ON for some vibration. (Replace the emergency
steering relay.)
2) The voltage at the (+) terminal of the emergency steering relay is 20 – 30 V. (This terminal should
be grounded normally.)
3) The wiring of the emergency steering relay on the M side comes in contact with that on the B side.
(Open the battery box and check the wiring.)
4) Parking brake oil pressure switch is stuck. (Replace the parking brake oil pressure switch.)
5) Steering flow switch is stuck. (Replace steering flow switch.)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 43
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
44 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 45
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
46 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02542-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 47
SEN02542-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
48 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02543-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and
mechanical system (H-mode)
Contents of troubleshooting table ................................................................................................................... 3
H-1 Machine does not start............................................................................................................................. 4
H-2 Machine does not travel smoothly (hunting) ............................................................................................ 6
H-3 Lockup cannot be cancelled..................................................................................................................... 6
H-4 Excessive shock when starting or shifting excessive ............................................................................... 7
H-5 Transmission does not shift up................................................................................................................. 8
H-6 Machine lacks power or speed when traveling ...................................................................................... 10
H-7 Time lag is excessive when starting or shifting gear .............................................................................. 14
H-8 Torque converter oil temperature is high................................................................................................ 16
H-9 Torque converter oil pressure is low....................................................................................................... 17
H-10 Front brake is ineffective ...................................................................................................................... 18
H-11 Rear brake is ineffective ....................................................................................................................... 19
H-12 Steering wheel is heavy ....................................................................................................................... 20
H-13 Steering wheel does not work .............................................................................................................. 21
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
2
Possible causes Cause for presumed failure <Contents>
and standard (The attached No. is for fil-
value in normal • The standard values in normalcy by which to judge “Good“
3 ing and reference purpose
state or “No Good“ about presumed causes.
only. It does not stand for
any priority.) • References for making judgement of “Good“ or “No Good“
4
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
Table 1
Operated clutches
Lo Hi 1st 2nd 3rd 4th R
F1 q q
F2 q q
F3 q q
Gear speed
F4 q q
F5 q q
F6 q q
F7 q q
N
R q q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
Table 1
Operated clutches
Lo Hi 1st 2nd 3rd 4th R
F1 q q
F2 q q
F3 q q
Gear speed
F4 q q
F5 q q
F6 q q
F7 q q
N
R q q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
Trouble (2) When machine lacks power or speed while traveling in torque converter range.
• Check that the transmission oil level is correct.
Related • If a failure code related to the machine is displayed, firstly troubleshooting the displayed code.
information • Check for oil leaking from the piping to the outside.
• Check that the parking brake is completely released and also check for dragging of the retarder brake.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (3) Machine lacks speed or power when traveling in certain gear speeds.
Related • Check that the transmission oil level is correct.
information • If a failure code related to the machine is displayed, firstly troubleshooting the displayed code.
Table 1
Operated clutches
Lo Hi 1st 2nd 3rd 4th R
F1 q q
F2 q q
F3 q q
Gear speed
F4 q q
F5 q q
F6 q q
F7 q q
N
R q q
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
Table 1
Operated clutches
Lo Hi 1st 2nd 3rd 4th R
F1 q q
F2 q q
F3 q q
Gear speed
F4 q q
F5 q q
F6 q q
F7 q q
N
R q q
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02543-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02543-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02544-00
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)
Method of using troubleshooting chart............................................................................................................ 4
S-1 Starting performance of engine is poor .................................................................................................... 8
S-2 Engine does not start ............................................................................................................................... 9
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly.......................................................................................................... 12
S-4 Engine stops during operation................................................................................................................ 13
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly ............................................................................................................ 14
S-6 Engine lack output (or lacks power) ....................................................................................................... 15
S-7 Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion) ...................................................................................... 16
S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust gas is blue) ........................................................................... 18
S-9 Oil becomes dirty quickly........................................................................................................................ 19
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive............................................................................................................. 20
S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down) ................................................... 21
S-12 Oil pressure drops ................................................................................................................................ 22
S-13 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant or fuel)................................................................................................. 23
S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating) ........................................................................ 24
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Items listed in the [Questions] and [Check items] and related to the [Causes] are marked with E, Q, and w.
E: Causes to be referred to for questions and check items
Q : Causes related to questions and check items
w : Causes highly probable among ones marked with Q
a When narrowing the [Causes], apply the items marked with w before those marked with Q.
When narrowing the [Causes], do not apply the items marked with E. (If no items have other marks
and the causes cannot be narrowed, however, you may apply them.)
4 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
There is a causal relationship between 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and 6 items in
the [Causes] section.
The method of pinpointing the [Causes] from the causal relationship and approaching the [troubleshooting]
is explained according to Step 1 - Step 3 shown below.
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Defective injector
This phenomenon does not indicate a trouble, however
When starting switch is turned to HEAT, intake air heater mount does not become warm q
Is voltage of 20 – 30 V generated between alternator terminals B and E while Yes q
engine is running at low idle? No q
Specific gravity of electrolyte and battery voltage are low q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
Degree of use of
Operated for long period E E
machine
When starting switch is Horn does not sound Q Q w
turned ON Horn volume is low w
Battery electrolyte level is low w
Battery terminal is loose w
When starting switch is turned ON, no operating sound comes out from battery relay Q w
When starting switch is turned to START, starting pinion does not move out Q Q w
Check items
on E-mode
turn starting switch ON, starts q
and carry out trouble-
shooting Even if terminals B and C at safety relay outlet are connected, engine
q
does not start
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
—
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Degree of use of
Operated for long period E E E
machine
Exhaust gas suddenly stopped coming out (when starting again) w Q w w w E E
Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual w w E Q
Fuel tank is empty w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged w
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank Q Q Q Q Q
There is not fuel in removed fuel filter w w
Check items
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
Add
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
When air bleeding plug of fuel filter is removed, fuel does not
While engine is rotated flow out Q w w
with starting motor,
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, little fuel spills w
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 11
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger w
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is applied Q w w
Engine hunts (rotation is irregular) Q Q w Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
12 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
Add
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 13
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank Q Q
Fuel is leaking from fuel piping w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate w Q Q
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
Add
14 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
turbocharger
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w
High idle speed is too low Q
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load
is applied w w Q
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular w Q Q w
Engine hunts (rotation is irregular) Q Q Q Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 15
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w
Torque converter stall speed or pump relief speed is high (Fuel is injected excessively) Q Q
Exhaust noise is abnormal Q w Q
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular Q Q Q Q Q w
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, abnormally much fuel spills w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Remedy
16 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 17
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Turbocharger
Worn or damaged valve (stem, guide, or seal)
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
18 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
Exhaust gas is
Black w
Comes out excessively Q Q w
Blow-by gas
Does not come out at all w
See S-7
Check breather and breather hose directly q
Inspect oil cooler directly q
Inspect oil filter directly q
Spring of oil filter safety valve is hitched or broken q
Inspect turbocharger lubrication drain tube directly q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 19
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting according to supply pump low pressure "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)"
q
indicated by code
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change q q
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, much fuel spills q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Coolant Temp Sens High (Low) Error (*2)" indicated by code q
Check with monitoring function (*3) q q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
20 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
When hydraulic oil or power train oil is drained, water flows out w
Remedy
—
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 21
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Remedy
—
Add
22 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 23
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Malfunction of thermostat
Occurred suddenly Q w Q
Overheating
Always Q w w Q
Coolant temperature Rises quickly Q w
gauge Does not go down from red range w
Radiator coolant level monitor indicates low (if monitor is installed) w
Engine oil level has risen and oil is milky w Q
Fan belt tension is low w
Milky oil is floating on coolant w
There are many bubbles in radiator and coolant spurts back w
When light applied to radiator core, no light passes through w
Check items
Dirt and mud are accumulated in radiator shroud and undercover on applicable
machine side w w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
—
Add
24 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
Gradually increased Q Q
Abnormal noise
Suddenly increased Q Q Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used Q
Oil must be added more frequently w
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil filter w w
Air leaks between turbocharger and cylinder head w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger w
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head w w
When engine is rotated, beat noise comes out from around muffler w
Check items
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Remedy
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 25
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
Replace
Adjust
Remedy
26 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
40 Troubleshooting SEN02544-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 27
SEN02544-00 40 Troubleshooting
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
28 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02313-00
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02313-00 90 Diagrams and drawings
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02313-00
Steering and hoist hydraulic circuit diagram Steering and hoist hydraulic circuit diagram
HD465-7R, HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02313-00
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
SEN02313-00 90 Diagrams and drawings
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 11-06 (02)
8 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02314-01
DUMP TRUCK
HD465-7R
HD605-7R
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 1
SEN02314-01 90 Diagrams and drawings
2 HD465-7R, HD605-7R
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab (1/2)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab (1/2) HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02314-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 3
Electrical circuit diagram for outside cab (2/2)
HD465-7R, HD605-7R
Electrical circuit diagram for outside cab (2/2) HD465-7R, HD605-7R
SEN02314-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 5
Connectors table and arrangement drawing
Connectors table and arrangement drawing HD465/605-7R HD465/605-7R
53 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-8 CJD DT2 6 Joint connector B-6 FL06 DT2 3 Ambient temperature sensor F-1 PR03 M 3 Front combination lamp (right) B-5
54 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-7 CJE3 DT2B 8 Joint connector M-5 FLS 4 Flasher PR04 One-pin 1 Beacon lamp (right) (if equipped) B-5
connector
55 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-7 CJE4 DT2B 8 Joint connector J-9 FOG M 6 Fog lamp switch (if equipped) AA-1
PR06 M 2 Fog lamp (right) (if equipped) B-5
56 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-7 CJG DT2 6 Joint connector M-8 FR01 DT2 2 Air cleaner clogging sensor C-7
PR07 Terminal 1 Ground B-4
58 Terminal 1 Battery relay C-8 CJH1 DT2B 8 Joint connector FUA1 Circuit breaker (30A) B-6
PSOLR DT2 2 Parking brake solenoid M-5
59 Terminal 1 Battery relay C-8 CJK DT2 6 Intermediate connector D-8 FUA2 Circuit breaker (30A) B-7
PSWR DT2 2 Parking brake switch M-4
60 Terminal 1 Battery relay D-8 CJL DT2 6 Joint connector FUB1 Circuit breaker (80A) A-6
PWL_F 1 Power window motor (left) I-2
61 Terminal 1 Battery relay D-8 CJN DT2 6 Joint connector FUB2 Circuit breaker (80A) A-6
PWL_M 1 Power window motor (left) J-2
62 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (80A) A-7 CJP DT2 6 Joint connector M-8 FUEL DT2 2 Fuel gauge sensor H-9
PWM M 6 Power mode switch P-4
63 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (80A) A-7 CJP1 DT2 6 Joint connector I-9 G DT2 3 G sensor AN-9
PWR_F 1 Power window motor (right) E-8
64 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (80A) B-6 CJP2 DT2 6 Joint connector J-9 GDL DT2B 12 Intermediate connector
PWR_M 1 Power window motor (right) F-8
65 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (80A) A-6 CJPR DT2 6 Joint connector E-8 GND Terminal 1 Ground C-3
R01 Relay 5 Engine start relay AF-4
66 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) B-7 CJR DT2 6 Joint connector L-9 GS Terminal 1 Ground AM-6
R02 Relay 5 Transmission neutral relay AF-3
67 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) A-7 CJSL DT2 6 Joint connector I-9 H Terminal 1 Ground C-2
R03 Relay 5 Parking brake relay AF-3
68 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) B-7 CJV DT2 6 Joint connector L-9 H01 DT2 3 Steering pressure switch K-2
R04 Relay 5 Stop lamp relay AF-3
69 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) B-7 CJY DT2 6 Joint connector M-7 HAZ M 6 Hazard switch R-7
R05 Relay 5 Back lamp / buzzer relay AF-2
70 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-8 CK1 M 6 Bulb breakage check switch Z-2 HEPC DT2 2 Hoist EPC valve M-5
R06 Relay 5 Fog lamp relay AG-4
71 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-8 CM DT2C 8 Lighting switch, passing light switch, turn signal switch T-8 HM12 DT2 3 Blow-by sensor AM-6
R08 Relay 5 Stop lamp relay AF-3
72 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-9 CN1 DT 2 Injector # 1 AJ-8 HM2130 2 Connector
R11 Relay 5 Horn relay AG-4
73 Terminal 1 Emergency steering relay B-9 CN10 DT2 2 3rd Clutch ECMV AE-9 HM2140 2 Connector
R14 Relay 5 BCV relay AF-4
74 Terminal 1 Battery relay B-9 CN11 DT2 2 3rd Fill switch AE-9 HM-21A 2 Exhaust temperature sensor
R16 Relay 5 Hazard relay 1 AF-1
75 Terminal 1 Battery relay B-9 CN12 DT2 2 R Clutch ECMV AE-9 HM-21B 2 Exhaust temperature sensor
R17 Relay 5 Hazard relay 2 AG-1
76 Terminal 1 Battery relay C-9 CN13 DT2 2 R Fill switch AE-9 HM-22A 2 Exhaust temperature sensor amp
R19 Relay 5 Parking brake safety relay AG-4
77 Terminal 1 Battery relay C-9 CN14 DT2 2 4th Clutch ECMV AE-9 HM-22B 2 Exhaust temperature sensor amp
R21 Relay 5 Side lamp relay AG-4
81 Terminal 1 Fuse (120A) D-8 CN15 DT2 2 4th Fill switch AD-9 HM-23A 2 Exhaust temperature sensor amp
R22 Relay 5 Revolving relay AH-3
83 Terminal 1 Fuse (120A) D-8 CN16 DT2 2 Toque converter rock up solenoid AD-8 HM-23B 2 Exhaust temperature sensor amp
R25 11 Power window relay AA-7
250 2 Resistor (male) S-8 CN17 DT2 2 Lo Clutch ECMV AD-8 HM-50 3 Connector
R29 Relay 5 Head lamp relay (Hi) (PASS) AH-2
1020 2 Resistor (male) S-8 CN18 DT2 2 Lo Fill switch AC-8 HM-55 3 Intermediate connector
R30 Relay 5 Head lamp relay (Hi) AH-1
A1 1 Connector AA-6 CN19 DT2 2 Hi Clutch ECMV AC-8 HM-81 8 Intermediate connector
R31 Relay 5 Head lamp relay (Lo)
ABS M 6 ABS system switch R-2 CN2 DT 2 Injector # 2 AJ-9 HM-CN1 20 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R32 Relay 5 Dust indicator relay AG-1
ABS1 DRC 24 ABS controller CN20 DT2 2 Hi Fill switch AD-8 HM-CN2A 18 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R33 M 6 Parking brake manual switch U-9
ABS2 DRC 40 ABS controller CN21 DT2 2 Torque converter intermediate oil puressure sensor AD-5 HM-CN2B 12 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R34 M 7 Power window switch (right) V-1
ABS3 DRC 40 ABS controller CN22 DT2 2 Torque converter oil temperature sensor AE-5 HM-CN3A 18 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R35 M 7 Power window switch (left) V-9
ABS6 4 Intermediate connector CN23 DT2 2 Transmission oil temperature sensor AG-5 HM-CN3B 12 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R37 Relay 5 Auto preheat relay AH-3
ABS7 DT2C 12 Intermediate connector CN26 DT2 2 Main pressure switch AC-7 HM-CN4A 14 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R40 Relay 5 Payload meter relay (if equipped) AH-2
ABS8 DT2B 12 Intermediate connector CN27 DT2 2 Main pressure fixed valve AC-6 HM-CN4B 10 VHMS & Payload meter controller
R43 Relay 5 Payload meter external indicator lamp blue relay AH-2
ABS9 DT2A 12 Intermediate connector CN3 DT2 2 Input shaft speed sensor AG-9 HN 1 Horn switch T-8
R44 Relay 5 Payload meter external indicator lamp yellow relay AH-1
AC1 M 6 Intermediate connector P-4 CN3 DT 2 Injector # 3 AK-9 HN1 DT2 2 Horn valve B-3
R45 Relay 5 Payload meter external indicator lamp red relay AH-1
ACC Terminal 1 Starting switch ACC terminal P-9 CN4 DT2 2 Intermediatet shaft speed sensor AG-9 HN2 DT2 2 Horn valve B-3
R46 5 Small lamp relay
ACCF DT2 3 ACC oil pressure sensor (front) M-4 CN4 DT 2 Injector # 4 AL-9 HN25 DT2 2 Battery isolator (if equipped) VHMS indicator
RAD 9 Cassette stereo AM/FM radio R-2
ACCR DT2 3 ACC oil pressure sensor (rear) L-3 CN5 DT2 2 Output shaft speed sensor AH-7 HSL DT2 4 Hoist lever potentio meter Y-3
RE1 2 Resistor V-9
AISS M 6 AISS switch (if equipped) P-4 CN5 DT 2 Injector # 5 AL-9 HSL DT2 4 Intermediate connector Y-3
RE3 2 Resistor (female) S-8
ARC M 3 ARSC set switch S-8 CN6 DT2 2 1st Clutch ECMV AF-9 HSOL DT2 2 Hoist selector valve M-5
RE4 2 Resistor (female) S-8
ARSC M 6 ARSC system switch Q-3 CN6 DT 2 Injector # 6 AM-9 HTA DT2 12 Intermediate connector M-6
RES DT2 2 Resisto
AS1 DT2 6 Accel sensor Q-2 CN7 DT2 2 1st Fill switch AF-9 HTB DT2 8 Intermediate connector M-6
RESW DT2 3 Retarder switch
AS2 DT2 2 Intermediate connector R-2 CN8 DT2 2 2nd Clutch ECMV AF-9 INJ DT2 12 Connector AM-7
REVR DT2 2 Retarder valve
AS3 DT2 3 Pitch angle sensor CN9 DT2 2 2nd Fill switch AE-9 J01 HD 9 Intermediate connector J-2
RL M 2 Room lamp F-9
ASR M 6 ASR system switch R-2 CNS1 DT2D 12 Intermediate connector V-1 J02 DRC 70 Intermediate connector I-1
RL2 2 Room lamp 2 H-9
ASR1 3 Steering angle sensor CNS2 DT2C 12 Intermediate connector V-1 J03 DRC 70 Intermediate connector I-1
RLY Terminal 1 Heater relay C-9
ASR2 2 Shut-off solenoid N-2 CNS3 DT2B 12 Intermediate connector V-1 J04 DRC 70 Intermediate connector
RP DT2 8 Intermediate connector B-4
ASR3 2 ASR valve (right) M-3 CUTF 5 ABS Cut valve relay (front) J05 DRC 70 Intermediate connector
RTL DT2 6 Retarder lever potention meter S-8
ASR4 2 ASR valve (left) M-3 CUTR 5 ABS Cut valve relay (rear) J06 DT06 4 Intermediate connector H-1
RTR DT2 2 Retarder oil temperature sensor (right) I-9
ASR5 2 ASR oil pressure switch (right) M-3 D01 AMP 2 Diode Z-8 J07 DT2B 12 Intermediate connector L-9
S01 DT2 2 Service brake switch C-7
ASR6 2 ASR oil pressure switch (left) M-2 D02 AMP 2 Diode Z-8 J08 DT2A 12 Intermediate connector M-8
S02 DT2 2 Secondary brake switch F-9
ASR7 2 ASR oil pressure switch (Main) L-1 D03 AMP 2 Diode Z-8 J13 12 Intermediate connector
S03 DT2 2 Front brake cut valve F-9
ASS DT2 2 Air suspention seat W-2 D04 AMP 2 Diode P-6 J1939 DT2 3 Connector
S04 DT2 2 Auto suspension solenoid 1 (if equipped) G-9
ATC1 DRC 24 Transmission controller AD-1 D05 AMP 2 Diode X-8 J2P DRC 50 Engine controller AN-7
S05 DT2 2 Auto suspension solenoid 2 (if equipped) G-9
ATC2 DRC 40 Transmission controller AD-1 D06 AMP 2 Diode J3P DT06 4 Engine controller AM-6
SBS DT2 2 Seat belt switch X-2
ATC3 DRC 40 Transmission controller AD-4 D07 AMP 2 Diode S-2 JASR 6 Joint connector
SDE M 6 Side lamp switch (if equipped) AA-2
ATC6 X 4 Intermediate connector AA-4 D08 AMP 2 Diode Z-8 JB1 Centralized Centralized terminal AJ-8
terminal SF1 DT2 12 Shift lever U-9
B Terminal 1 Starting switch B terminal P-9 D09 AMP 2 Diode
JCA SWP 16 Joint connector AA-5 SF2 DT2 2 Shift lever T-9
B01 DT2 6 Intermediate connector L-9 D10 AMP 2 Diode
JCB SWP 8 Joint connector AA-5 SLL M 2 Side lamp (left) (if equipped) J-2
B02 DT2 6 Turn signal,tail,stop lamp (right) L-8 D11 AMP 2 Diode
JCC SWP 16 Joint connector AA-5 SLR M 2 Side lamp (right) (if equipped) D-8
B03 DT2 6 Turn signal,tail,stop lamp (left) K-9 D12 DT2 2 Diode M-7
JCD SWP 16 Joint connector AA-4 SPA DT2B 12 Intermediate connector M-7
B04 M 2 Back lamp (70W) DL DT2A 12 Intermediate connector AA-6
JCE SWP 8 Joint connector AA-4 SPARE X 4 Intermediate connector
B05 Terminal 1 Back alarm buzzer K-9 DPC1 AMP070 20 Monitor panel S-8
JCF SWP 16 Joint connector SPL 2 Speaker (left) H-9
B06 Terminal 1 Back alarm buzzer K-9 DPC2A AMP070 18 Monitor panel S-1
JRE DT2 8 Joint connector SPR 2 Speaker (right) G-9
B07 DT2 3 Body positioner sensor J-9 DPC2B AMP070 12 Monitor panel S-1
LKO DT2 2 Lever kick-out solenoid Y-3 SR3 X 3 Steering speed sensor AA-7
B1 DT2 2 Lamp G (right) (for payload meter) (if equipped) D-8 DPC3A AMP070 18 Monitor panel S-8
LKO DT2 2 Intermediate connector X-3 ST1 Terminal 1 Emergency steering switch
B10 Terminal 1 Ground M-8 DPC4 AMP070 12 Monitor panel T-1
One-pin ST2 Terminal 1 Emergency steering switch
B1L DT2 2 Lamp G (left) (for payload meter) (if equipped) L-3 DPC6 AMP070 8 Monitor panel R-7 LM1 connector 1 Download box
ST3 Terminal 1 Emergency steering switch
B2 DT2 2 Lamp A (right) (for payload meter) (if equipped) D-7 DPC7 X 4 Monitor panel Q-3 One-pin
LM2 1 Download box ST4 Terminal 1 Emergency steering switch
B2L DT2 2 Lamp A (left) (for payload meter) (if equipped) L-3 DSL 1 Door switch (left) G-1 connector
LP1 DT2 12 Intermediate connector H-1 STR DT2 2 Steering oil temperature sensor (if equipped) K-3
B3 DT2 2 Lamp R (right) (for payload meter) (if equipped) D-7 DSR 1 Door switch (right) D-7
LS 3 Rheostat Z-2 SUFL DT2 3 Suspention oil pressure sensor (front,left) (if equipped) H-1
B3L DT2 2 Lamp R (left) (for payload meter) (if equipped) M-3 DT7 DT2 12 Intermediate connector W-2
MON AMP 4 Intermediate connector SUFR DT2 3 Suspention oil pressure sensor(front,right) (if equipped) C-6
BCVR X 2 BCV Solenoid (right) J-9 DT8 DT2 4 Intermediate connector W-2
NE FRAMATOME 3 Ne sensor AI-2 SURL DT2 3 Suspention oil pressure sensor(rear,left) M-8
BK DT2 12 Intermediate connector G-9 E01 Terminal 1 Alternater R terminal AK-5
OP7 1 Connector P-1 SURR DT2 3 Suspention oil pressure sensor(rear,right) K-9
BLS M 6 Rotary lamp switch AA-1 E02A DT2 2 Intermediate connector AL-1
OPS DT2 2 Operator seat heter W-2 T05 Terminal 1 Ground K-2
BR Terminal 1 Starting switch BR terminal P-8 E02B DT2 2 Intermediate connector AL-1
ORB-A 14 Orbcom controller (if equipped) T1 Terminal 1 Ground AG-9
BRC1 DRC 24 Retarder controller AC-2 E04 DT2 2 Engine oil level switch AL-5
ORB-B 10 Orbcom controller (if equipped) T10 Terminal 1 Ground B-4
BRC2 DRC 40 Retarder controller AC-2 E05 Terminal 1 Oil filter switch D-2
PAMB AMP 3 Ambient pressure sensor AN-7 T20 Terminal 1 Ground
BRC3 DRC 40 Retarder controller AC-4 E06 Terminal 1 Alternater E terminal AK-5
PCV1 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump control valve AN-8 TCHET X 4 Intermediate connector
BRC6 X 4 Intermediate connector V-9 E07 X 2 Air compreser
PCV2 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump control valve AN-8 TEST 1 Connector
BT DT2B 8 Intermediate connector D-9 E09 Terminal 1 Altetnater B terminal AK-5
PDL 5 Download box TFUEL PACKARD 2 Fuel temperature sensor AJ-5
BT1 Fuse box AA-5 E11B Terminal 1 Heater relay D-9
PFUEL AMP 3 Common rail pressure sensor AK-9 TIM PACKARD 2 Boost temperature sensor AN-8
BT-1A Terminal 1 Battery1 (+) E12B Terminal 1 Heater relay D-9
PIM SUMITOMO 3 Boost pressure sensor AN-8 TM2 HD 23 Intermediate connector AH-8
BT-1B Terminal 1 Battery1 (-) E14 Terminal 1 Starting motor B terminal AK-1
PL01 M 2 Head lamp (Hi) (left) F-1 TM3 HD 31 Intermediate connector AH-8
BT2 Fuse box AA-7 E15 Terminal 1 Ground D-2
PL02 M 2 Head lamp (Lo) (right) E-1 TMF1 DT2 2 Transmission oil filter switch
BT-2A Terminal 1 Battery2 (-) E16B Terminal 1 Ground D-9
PL03 M 3 Flont combination lamp (left) F-1 TOIL PACKARD 2 Engine oil temperature sensor AM-6
BT-2B Terminal 1 Battery2 (+) E16E Terminal 1 Ground D-9
One-pin TWTR PACKARD 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor AI-2
BT3 Fuse box AA-6 E17B DT2 2 Diode C-9 PL04 1 Beacon lamp (left) (if equipped) E-1
connector VDL 5 Download box
BT4 Fuse box AA-6 E80 Terminal 1 Ground
PL06 M 2 Fog lamp (left) (if equipped) E-2 VHMS 5 Intermediate connector
BTL DT2 2 Intermediate connector C-7 EG4 DT2D 12 Intermediate connector Y-9
PL07 Terminal 1 Ground C-2 WFM 6 Wiper motor (front) T-1
BZ2 M 2 Buzzer U-1 EM 6 Emergency steering timer
PLM 5 Intermediate connector WFR 6 Wiper relay (front) U-1
C Terminal 1 Starting switch C terminal P-9 EMPR 2 Emergency steering Fuse C-9
PM1 MIC 21 Intermediate connector W-9 WPS DT2B 12 Wiper switch T-8
CAB1 DT2A 8 Intermediate connector T-9 ENG DRC 60 Engine controller AN-6
PM11 MIC 20 Intermediate connector Y-9 WSR 4 Intermediate connector
CAB2 DT2B 8 Intermediate connector T-9 EP 2 Electric priming pump
PM3 DT2 3 Pitch angle sensor AA-7 WSRL 2 Wheel rotation sensor (left) M-1
CAN1 DT2 3 Intermediate connector W-9 EPF 2 Fuse (20A) D-8
PM4 S 16 Intermediate connector W-9 WSRR 2 Wheel rotation sensor (right) M-1
CAN2 DT2 3 Resistor T-1 EPTS 6 Electric priming pump timer switch D-2
PM5 13 Payload meter controller (if equipped) W-9
CAN2 3 Terminal resistor (120 z) I-9 ER Terminal 1 Ground H-9 aDetails of colored connectors
PM6 12 Payload meter controller (if equipped) X-9
CG1 2 Cigarette lighter P-5 ER1 Terminal 1 Ground S-1 DT2A:Gr (Gray), DT2B:B (Black), DT2C:G (Green), DT2D:Br (Brown)
PM7 9 Payload meter controller (if equipped) Q-6
CH1 M 8 Mode selector switch 1 Z-1 ER1 Terminal 1 Ground
PM8 5 Intermediate connector Q-7
CH2 M 8 Mode selector switch 2 Z-1 ER2 Terminal 1 Ground AA-6
PMLA DT2A 12 Intermediate connector H-9
CHECK M 6 ABS Check switch ER3 Terminal 1 Ground R-2
PMRA DT2 6 Intermediate connector E-8
CJA DT2 6 Joint connector C-7 FBC M 6 Front brake cut switch Q-3
POIL FRAMATOME 3 Engine oil pressure sensor AL-5
CJB DT2 6 Joint connector B-6 FL02 DT2 2 Radiator coolant level sensor C-3
PR01 M 2 Head lamp (Lo) (right) B-5
CJC DT2 6 Joint connector B-6 FL04 2 Washer moter C-3
PR02 M 2 Head lamp (Hi) (right) B-4
SEN02314-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 7
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN02314-01
HD465-7R, HD605-7R 9
SEN02314-01 90 Diagrams and drawings
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (02)
10 HD465-7R, HD605-7R